blob: 30d294cd75279428eb20db478273f9f5515a31e7 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
Douglas Gregore737f502010-08-12 20:07:10 +000014#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregorcc8a5d52010-04-29 00:18:15 +000019#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000024#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +000025#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +000026#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000027#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000028#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000029#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000030#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
31#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
John McCall19510852010-08-20 18:27:03 +000032#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
John McCall7cd088e2010-08-24 07:21:54 +000036#include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000037using namespace clang;
38
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000039
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000040/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
41/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
42///
43/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
44/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
45/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
46/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
47/// function is being used.
48///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
50/// decls.
51///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000052/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
53/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000054///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000055bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000056 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000057 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000058 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000059 }
60
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000061 // See if the decl is unavailable
62 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Ted Kremenek042411c2010-07-21 20:43:11 +000063 Diag(Loc, diag::err_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000064 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
65 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +000066
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000067 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000068 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
70 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
71 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
72 return true;
73 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000076 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000077}
78
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000079/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000080/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000081/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
82///
83void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000084 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000085 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000086 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000087 return;
Douglas Gregor92e986e2010-04-22 16:44:27 +000088
89 // FIXME: In C++0x, if any of the arguments are parameter pack
90 // expansions, we can't check for the sentinel now.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000091 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
92 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000093
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000094 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
95 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000096 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000097 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
98 int isMethod = 0;
99 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
100 // skip over named parameters.
101 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
102 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
103 if (nullPos)
104 --nullPos;
105 else
106 ++i;
107 }
108 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
109 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000111 // skip over named parameters.
112 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
113 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
114 if (nullPos)
115 --nullPos;
116 else
117 ++i;
118 }
119 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000120 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000121 // block or function pointer call.
122 QualType Ty = V->getType();
123 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000124 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000125 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
126 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000127 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
128 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
129 unsigned k;
130 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
131 if (nullPos)
132 --nullPos;
133 else
134 ++i;
135 }
136 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
137 }
138 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
139 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000140 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000141 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000142 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000143 return;
144
145 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 int sentinel = i;
151 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
152 --sentinelPos;
153 ++i;
154 }
155 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 return;
159 }
160 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
161 ++i;
162 ++sentinel;
163 }
164 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
John McCall8eb662e2010-05-06 23:53:00 +0000165 if (!sentinelExpr) return;
166 if (sentinelExpr->isTypeDependent()) return;
167 if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;
Fariborz Jahanian9ccd7252010-07-14 16:37:51 +0000168 if (sentinelExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
John McCall8eb662e2010-05-06 23:53:00 +0000169 sentinelExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
170 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
171 return;
172
173 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
174 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr)) return;
175
176 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
177 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000178}
179
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000180SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
181 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
182 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
183}
184
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000185//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
186// Standard Promotions and Conversions
187//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
188
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
190void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
191 QualType Ty = E->getType();
192 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
193
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000194 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000195 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000196 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000197 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
198 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
199 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
200 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
201 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
202 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
203 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000204 //
205 // C++ 4.2p1:
206 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
207 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
208 //
209 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000211 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
212 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000213 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000214}
215
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000216void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
217 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000218
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000219 QualType Ty = E->getType();
220 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
221 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
222 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
223 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
224 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
225 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
226 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
227 // rvalue is T
228 //
229 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000230 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
231 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000232 // type of the lvalue.
233 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
234 }
235}
236
237
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000238/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000239/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000240/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
241/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
242/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
243Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
244 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
245 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000246
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000247 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
248 //
249 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
250 // unsigned int may be used:
251 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
252 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
253 // and unsigned int.
254 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
255 //
256 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
257 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
258 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
259 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000260 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
261 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000262 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000263 return Expr;
264 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000266 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000267 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000268 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000269 }
270
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000271 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000272 return Expr;
273}
274
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000275/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000276/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000277/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
278void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
279 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
280 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000281
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000282 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
Chris Lattner40378332010-05-16 04:01:30 +0000283 if (Ty->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
284 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
285 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000287 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
288}
289
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000290/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
291/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
292/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
293/// completely illegal.
Chris Lattner40378332010-05-16 04:01:30 +0000294bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT,
295 FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000296 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000297
Chris Lattner40378332010-05-16 04:01:30 +0000298 // __builtin_va_start takes the second argument as a "varargs" argument, but
299 // it doesn't actually do anything with it. It doesn't need to be non-pod
300 // etc.
301 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start)
302 return false;
303
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000304 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCObjectType() &&
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000305 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
306 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
307 << Expr->getType() << CT))
308 return true;
Douglas Gregor75b699a2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000309
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000310 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000311 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000312 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
313 << Expr->getType() << CT))
314 return true;
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315
316 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000317}
318
319
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
321/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000322/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000323/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
324/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
325/// GCC.
326QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
327 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000328 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000329 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000330
331 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000332
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000333 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000334 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000335 QualType lhs =
336 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000337 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000338 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000339
340 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
341 if (lhs == rhs)
342 return lhs;
343
344 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
345 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
346 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
347 return lhs;
348
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000349 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000350 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000351 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
352 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000353 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000354 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
355 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
356
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000357 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000358 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000359 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
360 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000361 return destType;
362}
363
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000364//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
365// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
366//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
367
368
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000369/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000370/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
371/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
372/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
373/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000374///
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000375ExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000376Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000377 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
378
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000379 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000380 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000381 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000382
383 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
384 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
385 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000386
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000387 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000388 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000389 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000390
391 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
Chris Lattner7dc480f2010-06-15 18:05:34 +0000392 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings)
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000393 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000394
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000395 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
396 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
397 // strings.
398 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000399 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000400 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000401
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000402 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000403 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000404 Literal.GetStringLength(),
405 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
406 &StringTokLocs[0],
407 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000408}
409
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000410/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
411/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
412/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
413/// for values inside the block or for globals).
414///
Douglas Gregor076ceb02010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000415/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000416/// up-to-date.
417///
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000418static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000419 ValueDecl *VD) {
420 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
421 // we wanted to.
422 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
423 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000425 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
426 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
427 return false;
428
429 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
430 // snapshot it.
431 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
432 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000433 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
434 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000436 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
437 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
438
439 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
440 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
441 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
442 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000443 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
444 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000445
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000446 if (!NextBlock)
447 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000448
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000449 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
450 // having a reference outside it.
451 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
452 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000453
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000454 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
455 // a snapshot as well.
456 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
457 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000459 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460}
461
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000462
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000463ExprResult
John McCalldbd872f2009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000464Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000465 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000466 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
467 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, NameInfo, SS);
468}
469
470/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000471ExprResult
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000472Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
473 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
474 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000475 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000476 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000478 << D->getDeclName();
479 return ExprError();
480 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000481
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000482 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor15dedf02010-04-27 21:10:04 +0000483 if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD)) {
484 // Non-type template parameters can be referenced anywhere they are
485 // visible.
Douglas Gregor63982352010-07-13 18:40:04 +0000486 Ty = Ty.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
Douglas Gregor15dedf02010-04-27 21:10:04 +0000487 } else if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000488 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
489 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000490 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(),
491 diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000492 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000493 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000494 << D->getIdentifier();
495 return ExprError();
496 }
497 }
498 }
499 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000500
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000501 MarkDeclarationReferenced(NameInfo.getLoc(), D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000502
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000503 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
504 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
505 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000506 D, NameInfo, Ty));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000507}
508
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000509/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
510/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
511/// actual member.
512///
513/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
514/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
515/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
516/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
517/// we found.
518///
519/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
520/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
521/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
522VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
523 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000524 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
525 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
526 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
527
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000528 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000529 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
530 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
531 do {
532 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
John McCallbc365c52010-05-21 01:17:40 +0000533 ValueDecl *AnonObject = Record->getAnonymousStructOrUnionObject();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000535 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 else {
537 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
538 break;
539 }
540 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000541 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000543
544 return BaseObject;
545}
546
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000547ExprResult
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000548Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
549 FieldDecl *Field,
550 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
551 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
552 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000553 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000554 AnonFields);
555
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000556 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
557 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
558 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
559 // found via name lookup.
560 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000561 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000562 if (BaseObject) {
563 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
564 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000565 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000566 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000567 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000568 BaseQuals
569 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000570 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
571 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
572 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
573 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
574 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000575 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
577 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
578 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000579 BaseQuals
580 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 } else {
582 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
583 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
584 // program our base object expression is "this".
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000585 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
586 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000588 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000589 = Context.getTagDeclType(
590 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
591 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000592 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000593 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
594 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
595 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor8aa5f402009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000596 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000597 MD->getThisType(Context),
598 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000599 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
600 }
601 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000602 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
603 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000605 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000606 }
607
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000608 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000609 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
610 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000611 }
612
613 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
614 // anonymous struct/union.
615 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000616 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000617 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
618 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
619 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
620 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000621 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
622 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
623
624 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
625 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
626 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
627 ResultQuals.removeConst();
628
629 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
630 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
631
632 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
633 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
634
635 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
636 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
637 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
638
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000639 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000640 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000641 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000642 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
643 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000645 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000646 }
647
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000648 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000649}
650
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000651/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000652/// possibly a list of template arguments.
653///
654/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
655/// DecomposeTemplateName.
656///
657/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
658/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
659/// some way.
660static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
661 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
662 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000663 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000664 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
665 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
666 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
667 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
668
669 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
670 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
671 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
672 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
673 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
674
John McCall2b5289b2010-08-23 07:28:44 +0000675 TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000676 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
677 NameInfo = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000678 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
679 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000680 NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000681 TemplateArgs = 0;
682 }
683}
684
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000685/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
686/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
687/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000688static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000689 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
690 return false;
691
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000692 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
693 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
694 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
695 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
696 if (!BaseRT) return false;
697
698 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000699 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000700 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
701 return false;
702 }
703
704 return true;
705}
706
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000707/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
708/// the prospective base classes.
709static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
710 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
711 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000712 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000713 return false;
714
Douglas Gregor952b0172010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000715 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000716 if (!RD) return false;
717 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
718
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000719 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
720 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
721 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
722 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
723 if (!BaseRT) return false;
724
725 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000726 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
727 return false;
728 }
729
730 return true;
731}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000732
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000733enum IMAKind {
734 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
735 IMA_Static,
736
737 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
738 IMA_Mixed,
739
740 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
741 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
742 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
743
744 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
745 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
746 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
747
748 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
749 IMA_Instance,
750
751 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
752 IMA_Unresolved,
753
754 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
755 /// context is not an instance method.
756 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
757
758 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
759 /// non-class context.
760 IMA_AnonymousMember,
761
762 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
763 /// context is not an instance method.
764 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
765
766 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
767 /// class.
768 IMA_Error_Unrelated
769};
770
771/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
772/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
773/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
774/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
775/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
776/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
777static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
778 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000779 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000780
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000781 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000782 bool isStaticContext =
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000783 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(DC) ||
784 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->isStatic());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000785
786 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
787 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
788
789 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
790 bool hasNonInstance = false;
791 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
792 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +0000793 NamedDecl *D = *I;
794 if (D->isCXXInstanceMember()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000795 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
796
797 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
798 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
799 // that's a special case.
800 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
801 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
802 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
803 }
804 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
805 }
806 else
807 hasNonInstance = true;
808 }
809
810 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
811 // member reference.
812 if (Classes.empty())
813 return IMA_Static;
814
815 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
816 // an implicit member reference.
817 if (isStaticContext)
818 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
819
820 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
821 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
822 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
823 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000824 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->getParent(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000825 Classes))
826 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
827
828 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
829}
830
831/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
832static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
833 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
834 const LookupResult &R) {
835 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
836 SourceRange Range(Loc);
837 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
838
839 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
840 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
841 if (MD->isStatic()) {
842 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
843 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
844 << Range << R.getLookupName();
845 return;
846 }
847 }
848
849 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
850 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
851 return;
852 }
853
854 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000855}
856
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000857/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
858///
859/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Nick Lewycky03d98c52010-07-06 19:51:49 +0000860bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
861 CorrectTypoContext CTC) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000862 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
863
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000864 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000865 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000866 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
867 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000868 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000869 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000870 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
871 }
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000872
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000873 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
874 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
875 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
876 // dependent name.
Nick Lewycky03d98c52010-07-06 19:51:49 +0000877 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : 0;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000878 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000879 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
880 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
881
882 if (!R.empty()) {
883 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
884 R.suppressDiagnostics();
885
886 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
887 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
888 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
889 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
890
891 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
892 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
893 // Actually quite difficult!
Nick Lewycky03d98c52010-07-06 19:51:49 +0000894 if (isInstance) {
Nick Lewycky03d98c52010-07-06 19:51:49 +0000895 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(
896 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->getCallee());
Nick Lewyckyd9ca4ab2010-08-20 20:54:15 +0000897 CXXMethodDecl *DepMethod = cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(
Nick Lewycky03d98c52010-07-06 19:51:49 +0000898 CurMethod->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction());
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +0000899 if (DepMethod) {
Nick Lewyckyd9ca4ab2010-08-20 20:54:15 +0000900 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
901 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
902 QualType DepThisType = DepMethod->getThisType(Context);
903 CXXThisExpr *DepThis = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(
904 R.getNameLoc(), DepThisType, false);
905 TemplateArgumentListInfo TList;
906 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
907 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TList);
908 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *DepExpr =
909 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
910 Context, DepThis, DepThisType, true, SourceLocation(),
911 ULE->getQualifier(), ULE->getQualifierRange(), NULL,
912 R.getLookupNameInfo(), &TList);
913 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->setCallee(DepExpr);
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +0000914 } else {
Nick Lewyckyd9ca4ab2010-08-20 20:54:15 +0000915 // FIXME: we should be able to handle this case too. It is correct
916 // to add this-> here. This is a workaround for PR7947.
917 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +0000918 }
Nick Lewycky03d98c52010-07-06 19:51:49 +0000919 } else {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000920 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
Nick Lewycky03d98c52010-07-06 19:51:49 +0000921 }
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000922
923 // Do we really want to note all of these?
924 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
925 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
926
927 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
928 return false;
929 }
Douglas Gregore26f0432010-08-09 22:38:14 +0000930
931 R.clear();
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000932 }
933 }
934
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000935 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000936 DeclarationName Corrected;
Daniel Dunbardc32cdf2010-06-02 15:46:52 +0000937 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS, 0, false, CTC))) {
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000938 if (!R.empty()) {
939 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
940 if (SS.isEmpty())
941 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
942 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
943 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
944 else
945 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
946 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
947 << SS.getRange()
948 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
949 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
950 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
951 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
952 << ND->getDeclName();
953
954 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
955 return false;
956 }
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +0000957
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000958 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
959 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
960 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
961 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
962 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
963 // to recover well anyway.
964 if (SS.isEmpty())
965 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
966 else
967 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
968 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
969 << SS.getRange();
970
971 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
972 return true;
973 }
974 } else {
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +0000975 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000976 // because we aren't able to recover.
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000977 if (SS.isEmpty())
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000978 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << Corrected;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000979 else
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000980 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000981 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected
982 << SS.getRange();
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000983 return true;
984 }
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000985 R.clear();
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000986 }
987
988 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
989 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
990 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
991 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
992 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
993 << SS.getRange();
994 return true;
995 }
996
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000997 // Give up, we can't recover.
998 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
999 return true;
1000}
1001
Fariborz Jahanian69d56242010-07-22 23:33:21 +00001002static ObjCPropertyDecl *OkToSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Sema &SemaRef,
Fariborz Jahanian73f666f2010-07-30 16:59:05 +00001003 IdentifierInfo *II,
1004 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
Fariborz Jahanian69d56242010-07-22 23:33:21 +00001005 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl();
1006 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface();
1007 if (!IDecl)
1008 return 0;
1009 ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpDecl = IDecl->getImplementation();
1010 if (!ClassImpDecl)
1011 return 0;
1012 ObjCPropertyDecl *property = SemaRef.LookupPropertyDecl(IDecl, II);
1013 if (!property)
1014 return 0;
1015 if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PIDecl = ClassImpDecl->FindPropertyImplDecl(II))
1016 if (PIDecl->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic)
1017 return 0;
1018 return property;
1019}
1020
Fariborz Jahanianad51e742010-07-17 00:59:30 +00001021static ObjCIvarDecl *SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Sema &SemaRef,
Fariborz Jahanian73f666f2010-07-30 16:59:05 +00001022 LookupResult &Lookup,
Fariborz Jahanianad51e742010-07-17 00:59:30 +00001023 IdentifierInfo *II,
1024 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1025 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian73f666f2010-07-30 16:59:05 +00001026 bool LookForIvars;
1027 if (Lookup.empty())
1028 LookForIvars = true;
1029 else if (CurMeth->isClassMethod())
1030 LookForIvars = false;
1031 else
1032 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1033 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
1034 if (!LookForIvars)
1035 return 0;
1036
Fariborz Jahanianad51e742010-07-17 00:59:30 +00001037 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface();
1038 if (!IDecl)
1039 return 0;
1040 ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpDecl = IDecl->getImplementation();
Fariborz Jahanian84ef4b22010-07-19 16:14:33 +00001041 if (!ClassImpDecl)
1042 return 0;
Fariborz Jahanianad51e742010-07-17 00:59:30 +00001043 bool DynamicImplSeen = false;
1044 ObjCPropertyDecl *property = SemaRef.LookupPropertyDecl(IDecl, II);
1045 if (!property)
1046 return 0;
1047 if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PIDecl = ClassImpDecl->FindPropertyImplDecl(II))
1048 DynamicImplSeen =
1049 (PIDecl->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic);
1050 if (!DynamicImplSeen) {
Fariborz Jahanian84ef4b22010-07-19 16:14:33 +00001051 QualType PropType = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(property->getType());
1052 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, ClassImpDecl,
Fariborz Jahanianad51e742010-07-17 00:59:30 +00001053 NameLoc,
1054 II, PropType, /*Dinfo=*/0,
1055 ObjCIvarDecl::Protected,
1056 (Expr *)0, true);
1057 ClassImpDecl->addDecl(Ivar);
1058 IDecl->makeDeclVisibleInContext(Ivar, false);
1059 property->setPropertyIvarDecl(Ivar);
1060 return Ivar;
1061 }
1062 return 0;
1063}
1064
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001065ExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
John McCallfb97e752010-08-24 22:52:39 +00001066 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1067 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1068 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1069 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001070 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1071 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1072
1073 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001074 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001075
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001076 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001077
1078 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001079 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001080 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001081 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001082
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001083 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001084 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001085 SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001086
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001087 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1088 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001089 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1090 // (note: handled after lookup)
1091 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1092 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1093 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001094 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1095 // names a dependent type.
1096 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1097 // we need to handle these differently.
Eli Friedman647c8b32010-08-06 23:41:47 +00001098 bool DependentID = false;
1099 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1100 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
1101 DependentID = true;
1102 } else if (SS.isSet()) {
1103 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
1104 if (DC) {
1105 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
1106 return ExprError();
1107 // FIXME: We should be checking whether DC is the current instantiation.
1108 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1109 DependentID = !IsFullyFormedScope(*this, RD);
1110 } else {
1111 DependentID = true;
1112 }
1113 }
1114
1115 if (DependentID) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001116 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, NameInfo, isAddressOfOperand,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001117 TemplateArgs);
1118 }
Fariborz Jahanian69d56242010-07-22 23:33:21 +00001119 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = false;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001120 // Perform the required lookup.
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001121 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001122 if (TemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregord2235f62010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001123 // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
1124 // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
1125 // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
1126 // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
1127 // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
Douglas Gregor1fd6d442010-05-21 23:18:07 +00001128 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
1129 LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
1130 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001131 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian69d56242010-07-22 23:33:21 +00001132 IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001133 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001134
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001135 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1136 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001137 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001138 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001139 if (E.isInvalid())
1140 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001141
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001142 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1143 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Fariborz Jahanianad51e742010-07-17 00:59:30 +00001144 // Synthesize ivars lazily
1145 if (getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) {
Fariborz Jahanian73f666f2010-07-30 16:59:05 +00001146 if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(*this, R, II, NameLoc))
Fariborz Jahanianad51e742010-07-17 00:59:30 +00001147 return ActOnIdExpression(S, SS, Id, HasTrailingLParen,
1148 isAddressOfOperand);
1149 }
Fariborz Jahanianf759b4d2010-08-13 18:09:39 +00001150 // for further use, this must be set to false if in class method.
1151 IvarLookupFollowUp = getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod();
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001152 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001153 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001154
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001155 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1156 return ExprError();
1157
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001158 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1159 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001160 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001161
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001162 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001163 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001164 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1165 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1166 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1167 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1168 }
1169
1170 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1171 // call, diagnose the problem.
1172 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor91f7ac72010-05-18 16:14:23 +00001173 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CTC_Unknown))
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001174 return ExprError();
1175
1176 assert(!R.empty() &&
1177 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001178
1179 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1180 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001181 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001182 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1183 R.clear();
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001184 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001185 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1186 return move(E);
1187 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001188 }
1189 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001190
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001191 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1192 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1193
1194 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian69d56242010-07-22 23:33:21 +00001195 if (getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI && IvarLookupFollowUp &&
Fariborz Jahanianb1d58e32010-07-29 16:53:53 +00001196 !getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2 &&
1197 Var->isFileVarDecl()) {
Fariborz Jahanian69d56242010-07-22 23:33:21 +00001198 ObjCPropertyDecl *Property =
1199 OkToSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(*this, II, NameLoc);
1200 if (Property) {
1201 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_ivar_variable_conflict) << Var->getDeclName();
1202 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare);
Fariborz Jahanianf759b4d2010-08-13 18:09:39 +00001203 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_global_declared_at);
Fariborz Jahanian69d56242010-07-22 23:33:21 +00001204 }
1205 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001206 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001207 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1208 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1209 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1210 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1211 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1212 // type.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001213 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001214 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001215
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001216 QualType T = Func->getType();
1217 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001218 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Eli Friedman9a0fcfe2010-05-17 02:50:18 +00001219 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType(),
1220 Proto->getExtInfo());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001221 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001222 }
1223 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001224
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001225 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
John McCallfb97e752010-08-24 22:52:39 +00001226 // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
1227 // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
1228 // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
1229 // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
1230 // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
1231 // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
1232 // class member access expression using (*this) as the
1233 // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
1234 // So if we found a class member with an expression of form other
1235 // than &A::foo, we have to try to build an implicit member expr.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001236 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001237 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001238 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1239 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001240 }
1241
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001242 if (TemplateArgs)
1243 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001244
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001245 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1246}
1247
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001248/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001249ExprResult
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001250Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1251 LookupResult &R,
1252 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1253 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1254 case IMA_Instance:
1255 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1256
1257 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1258 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1259 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1260 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1261
1262 case IMA_Mixed:
1263 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1264 case IMA_Unresolved:
1265 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1266
1267 case IMA_Static:
1268 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1269 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1270 if (TemplateArgs)
1271 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1272 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1273
1274 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1275 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1276 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1277 return ExprError();
1278 }
1279
1280 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1281 return ExprError();
1282}
1283
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001284/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1285/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1286/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1287/// this path.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001288ExprResult
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001289Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001290 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001291 DeclContext *DC;
Douglas Gregore6ec5c42010-04-28 07:04:26 +00001292 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || DC->isDependentContext())
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001293 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, 0);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001294
John McCall77bb1aa2010-05-01 00:40:08 +00001295 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
Douglas Gregore6ec5c42010-04-28 07:04:26 +00001296 return ExprError();
1297
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001298 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001299 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1300
1301 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1302 return ExprError();
1303
1304 if (R.empty()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001305 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1306 << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001307 return ExprError();
1308 }
1309
1310 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1311}
1312
1313/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1314/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1315/// additional lookup.
1316///
1317/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1318/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1319///
1320/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001321ExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001322Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Chris Lattnereb483eb2010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001323 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001324 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001325 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00001326
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001327 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1328 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1329 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1330 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1331 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1332
1333 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1334 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1335 // ivar, that's an error.
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001336 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001337
1338 bool LookForIvars;
1339 if (Lookup.empty())
1340 LookForIvars = true;
1341 else if (IsClassMethod)
1342 LookForIvars = false;
1343 else
1344 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1345 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001346 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001347 if (LookForIvars) {
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001348 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001349 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1350 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1351 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1352 if (IsClassMethod)
1353 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1354 << IV->getDeclName());
1355
1356 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1357 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1358 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1359 return ExprError();
1360
1361 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1362 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1363 return ExprError();
1364
1365 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1366 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1367 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1368 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1369
1370 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1371 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1372 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1373 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001374 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001375 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001376 ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001377 SelfName, false, false);
1378 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1379 return Owned(new (Context)
1380 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1381 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1382 }
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001383 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001384 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001385 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001386 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1387 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1388 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1389 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1390 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1391 }
1392 }
1393
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001394 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1395 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1396 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1397 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1398 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1399 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1400 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1401 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1402 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1403 }
1404 }
1405 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001406 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1407 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001408}
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001409
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001410/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1411///
1412/// Logically this happens in three phases:
1413///
1414/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1415/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1416/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1417/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1418///
1419/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1420/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1421/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1422/// the class declaring the member.
1423///
1424/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1425/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1426/// obey access control.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001427bool
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001428Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1429 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001430 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001431 NamedDecl *Member) {
1432 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1433 if (!RD)
1434 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001435
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001436 QualType DestRecordType;
1437 QualType DestType;
1438 QualType FromRecordType;
1439 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1440 bool PointerConversions = false;
1441 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1442 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001443
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001444 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1445 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1446 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1447 PointerConversions = true;
1448 } else {
1449 DestType = DestRecordType;
1450 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001451 }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001452 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1453 if (Method->isStatic())
1454 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001455
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001456 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1457 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001458
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001459 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1460 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1461 PointerConversions = true;
1462 } else {
1463 FromRecordType = FromType;
1464 DestType = DestRecordType;
1465 }
1466 } else {
1467 // No conversion necessary.
1468 return false;
1469 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001470
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001471 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1472 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001473
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001474 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1475 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1476 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001477
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001478 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
1479 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
1480
Sebastian Redl906082e2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00001481 ImplicitCastExpr::ResultCategory Category = CastCategory(From);
1482
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001483 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001484 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001485 // class name.
1486 //
1487 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1488 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1489 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1490 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1491 //
1492 // class Base { public: int x; };
1493 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1494 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1495 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1496 //
1497 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1498 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1499 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1500 // }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001501 if (Qualifier) {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001502 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
1503 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
1504 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
1505
1506 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
1507
1508 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
1509 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
1510 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
1511 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00001512 CXXCastPath BasePath;
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001513 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
Anders Carlssoncee22422010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001514 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001515 return true;
1516
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001517 if (PointerConversions)
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001518 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001519 ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00001520 Category, &BasePath);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001521
1522 FromType = QType;
1523 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
1524
1525 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
1526 // we're done.
1527 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1528 return false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001529 }
1530 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001531
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001532 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001533
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001534 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
1535 // down to the using declaration's type.
1536 //
1537 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
1538 // class ever has member declarations.
1539 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
1540 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
1541 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
1542 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
1543
1544 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
1545 // conversion is non-trivial.
1546 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
1547 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00001548 CXXCastPath BasePath;
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001549 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
Anders Carlssoncee22422010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001550 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001551 return true;
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00001552
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001553 QualType UType = URecordType;
1554 if (PointerConversions)
1555 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001556 ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00001557 Category, &BasePath);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001558 FromType = UType;
1559 FromRecordType = URecordType;
1560 }
1561
1562 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
1563 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
1564 IgnoreAccess = true;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001565 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001566
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00001567 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Anders Carlssoncee22422010-04-24 19:22:20 +00001568 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
1569 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001570 IgnoreAccess))
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001571 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001572
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001573 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00001574 Category, &BasePath);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001575 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001576}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001577
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001578/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001579static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedmanf595cc42009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001580 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00001581 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001582 const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo,
1583 QualType Ty,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001584 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1585 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1586 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001587 if (SS.isSet()) {
1588 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1589 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001590 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001591
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001592 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001593 Member, FoundDecl, MemberNameInfo,
1594 TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001595}
1596
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001597/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1598/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1599/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1600/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001601ExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001602Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1603 LookupResult &R,
1604 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1605 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001606 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1607
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001608 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001609
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001610 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1611 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001612 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001613 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001614 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001615 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001616 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001617
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001618 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1619 // 'this' expression now.
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001620 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1621 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->getThisType(Context);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001622 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1623 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001624 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1625 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1626 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1627 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001628 }
1629
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00001630 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(This, ThisType,
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001631 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1632 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001633 SS,
1634 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1635 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001636}
1637
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001638bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001639 const LookupResult &R,
1640 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001641 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1642 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1643 return false;
1644
1645 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001646 if (SS.isSet())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001647 return false;
1648
1649 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001650 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001651 return false;
1652
1653 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1654 // normal lookup:
1655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1656 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1657
1658 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1659 // -- a declaration of a class member
1660 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1661 // original decl.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001662 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001663 return false;
1664
1665 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1666 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1667 // using-declaration
1668 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1669 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1670 // turn off ADL anyway).
1671 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1672 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1673 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1674 return false;
1675
1676 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1677 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1678 // template
1679 // And also for builtin functions.
1680 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1681 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1682
1683 // But also builtin functions.
1684 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1685 return false;
1686 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1687 return false;
1688 }
1689
1690 return true;
1691}
1692
1693
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001694/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1695/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1696/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1697/// will in fact be used.
1698static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1699 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1700 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1701 return true;
1702 }
1703
1704 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1705 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1706 return true;
1707 }
1708
1709 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1710 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1711 return true;
1712 }
1713
1714 return false;
1715}
1716
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001717ExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001718Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001719 LookupResult &R,
1720 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCallfead20c2009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001721 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1722 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor86b8e092010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001723 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001724 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(),
1725 R.getFoundDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001726
1727 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1728 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1729 // functions and function templates.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001730 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1731 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001732 return ExprError();
1733
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001734 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1735 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1736 // we've picked a target.
1737 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1738
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001739 bool Dependent
1740 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001741 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001742 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001743 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001744 SS.getRange(), R.getLookupNameInfo(),
Douglas Gregor5a84dec2010-05-23 18:57:34 +00001745 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
1746 R.begin(), R.end());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001747
1748 return Owned(ULE);
1749}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001750
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001751
1752/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001753ExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001754Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001755 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1756 NamedDecl *D) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001757 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001758 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1759 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001760
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001761 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001762 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1763 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001764
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001765 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1766 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1767 // a template argument list.
1768 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1769 << Template << SS.getRange();
1770 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1771 return ExprError();
1772 }
1773
1774 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1775 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1776 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001777 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001778 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCall87cf6702009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001779 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001780 return ExprError();
1781 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001782
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001783 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1784 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1785 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1786 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001787 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001788 return ExprError();
1789
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001790 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1791 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001792 return ExprError();
1793
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001794 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1795 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1796 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1797 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001798 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001799 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1800 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1801 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001802 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001803 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump0d6fd572010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001804 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1805 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1806 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1807 return ExprError();
1808 }
1809
Fariborz Jahanian8596bbe2010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001810 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump28497342010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001811 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1812 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1813 return ExprError();
1814 }
1815
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001816 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001817 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001818 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001819 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001820 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001821 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1822 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001823 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001824
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001825 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian52bc56a2010-07-12 17:26:57 +00001826 QualType T = VD->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian59da45a2010-06-04 21:35:44 +00001827 BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
1828 ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian84ca0082010-07-12 18:12:03 +00001829 constAdded);
Fariborz Jahanian833f42e2010-07-09 22:21:32 +00001830 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1831 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isReferenceType()) {
1832 Expr *E = new (Context)
1833 DeclRefExpr(const_cast<ValueDecl*>(BDRE->getDecl()), T,
1834 SourceLocation());
Fariborz Jahanian59da45a2010-06-04 21:35:44 +00001835
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001836 ExprResult Res = PerformCopyInitialization(
Fariborz Jahanian833f42e2010-07-09 22:21:32 +00001837 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(VD->getLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian310b1c42010-06-07 16:14:00 +00001838 T, false),
Fariborz Jahanian833f42e2010-07-09 22:21:32 +00001839 SourceLocation(),
1840 Owned(E));
1841 if (!Res.isInvalid()) {
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00001842 Res = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Res.get());
Fariborz Jahanian833f42e2010-07-09 22:21:32 +00001843 Expr *Init = Res.takeAs<Expr>();
1844 BDRE->setCopyConstructorExpr(Init);
1845 }
Fariborz Jahanian59da45a2010-06-04 21:35:44 +00001846 }
1847 }
1848 return Owned(BDRE);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001849 }
1850 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1851 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001852
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00001853 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
1854 NameInfo, &SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001855}
1856
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001857ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001858 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001859 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001860
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001861 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001862 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001863 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1864 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1865 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001866 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001867
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001868 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1869 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001870
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001871 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
Fariborz Jahanianeb024ac2010-07-23 21:53:24 +00001872 if (!currentDecl && getCurBlock())
1873 currentDecl = getCurBlock()->TheDecl;
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001874 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001875 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001876 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001877 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001878
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001879 QualType ResTy;
1880 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1881 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1882 } else {
Anders Carlsson848fa642010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001883 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001884
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001885 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001886 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001887 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1888 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001889 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001890}
1891
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001892ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001893 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001894 bool Invalid = false;
1895 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1896 if (Invalid)
1897 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001898
Benjamin Kramerddeea562010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001899 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1900 PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001901 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001902 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001903
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001904 QualType Ty;
1905 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1906 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1907 else if (Literal.isWide())
1908 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedman136b0cd2010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001909 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1910 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001911 else
1912 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001913
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001914 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1915 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001916 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001917}
1918
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001919ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001920 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001921 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1922 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001923 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001924 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001925 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001926 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001927 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001928
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001929 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001930 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1931 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001932 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001933
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001934 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001935 bool Invalid = false;
1936 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1937 if (Invalid)
1938 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001939
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001940 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001941 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1942 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001943 return ExprError();
1944
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001945 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001946
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001947 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001948 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001949 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001950 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001951 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001952 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001953 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001954 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001955
1956 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1957
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001958 using llvm::APFloat;
1959 APFloat Val(Format);
1960
1961 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall9f2df882009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001962
1963 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1964 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1965 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1966 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001967 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001968 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001969 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001970 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001971 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1972 } else {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001973 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001974 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1975 }
1976
1977 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1978 << Ty
1979 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1980 }
1981
1982 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001983 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001984
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001985 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001986 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001987 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001988 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001989
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001990 // long long is a C99 feature.
1991 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001992 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001993 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1994
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001995 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001996 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001997
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001998 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1999 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
2000 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002001 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
2002 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002003 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002004 } else {
2005 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
2006 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002007
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002008 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
2009 // be an unsigned int.
2010 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
2011
2012 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00002013 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00002014 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
2015 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00002016 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002017
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002018 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
2019 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
2020 // Does it fit in a signed int?
2021 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002022 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002023 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002024 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00002025 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002026 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002027 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002028
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002029 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002030 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00002031 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002032
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002033 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
2034 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
2035 // Does it fit in a signed long?
2036 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002037 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002038 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002039 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00002040 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002041 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002042 }
2043
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002044 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002045 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00002046 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002047
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002048 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
2049 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
2050 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
2051 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002052 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002053 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002054 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00002055 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002056 }
2057 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002058
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002059 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
2060 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002061 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002062 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002063 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00002064 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002065 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002066
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00002067 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
2068 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002069 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00002070 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002071 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002072
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00002073 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
2074 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002075 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002076 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002077
2078 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002079}
2080
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002081ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002082 SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002083 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002084 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002085}
2086
2087/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
2088/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002089bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002090 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2091 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
2092 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002093 if (exprType->isDependentType())
2094 return false;
2095
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00002096 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
2097 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
2098 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
2099 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
2100 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2101 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2102
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002103 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002104 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002105 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002106 if (isSizeof)
2107 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
2108 return false;
2109 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002110
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002111 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002112 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002113 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
2114 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002115 return false;
2116 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002117
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002118 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00002119 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2120 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002121 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002122
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002123 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002124 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002125 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00002126 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
2127 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00002128 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002129
Douglas Gregor9ba6af82010-05-23 19:43:23 +00002130 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(exprType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
2131 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_overloaded_function_type)
2132 << !isSizeof << ExprRange;
2133 return true;
2134 }
2135
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002136 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002137}
2138
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002139bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2140 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
2141 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002142
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002143 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002144 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2145 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002146
2147 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2148 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2149 return false;
2150
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002151 if (E->getBitField()) {
2152 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2153 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002154 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002155
2156 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2157 // bit-field.
2158 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002159 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002160 return false;
2161
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002162 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2163}
2164
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002165/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002166ExprResult
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002167Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002168 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002169 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002170 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002171 return ExprError();
2172
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002173 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002174
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002175 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2176 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2177 return ExprError();
2178
2179 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002180 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002181 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2182 R.getEnd()));
2183}
2184
2185/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2186/// operand.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002187ExprResult
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002188Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002189 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2190 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2191 bool isInvalid = false;
2192 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2193 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2194 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2195 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002196 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002197 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2198 isInvalid = true;
2199 } else {
2200 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2201 }
2202
2203 if (isInvalid)
2204 return ExprError();
2205
2206 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2207 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2208 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2209 R.getEnd()));
2210}
2211
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002212/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2213/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2214/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002215ExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002216Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2217 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002218 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002219 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002220
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002221 if (isType) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002222 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00002223 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002224 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002225 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002226
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002227 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002228 ExprResult Result
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002229 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2230
2231 if (Result.isInvalid())
2232 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2233
2234 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002235}
2236
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002237QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002238 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2239 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002240
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002241 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002242 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002243 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002245 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2246 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2247 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002249 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002250 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2251 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002252 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002253}
2254
2255
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002256
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002257ExprResult
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002258Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002259 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002260 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2261 switch (Kind) {
2262 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2263 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2264 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2265 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002266
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002267 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002268}
2269
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002270ExprResult
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002271Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2272 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002273 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002274 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002275 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
2276 Base = Result.take();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002277
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002278 Expr *LHSExp = Base, *RHSExp = Idx;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002279
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002280 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002281 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002282 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2283 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2284 }
2285
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002287 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002288 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2289 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2290 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002291 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, Base, Idx);
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002292 }
2293
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002294 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Base, LLoc, Idx, RLoc);
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002295}
2296
2297
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002298ExprResult
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002299Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2300 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2301 Expr *LHSExp = Base;
2302 Expr *RHSExp = Idx;
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002303
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002304 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002305 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2306 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2307 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002308
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002309 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002310
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002311 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002312 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002313 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002314 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002315 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2316 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002317 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2318 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2319 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2320 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002321 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002322 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2323 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002324 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002325 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002326 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002327 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2328 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002329 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002330 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002331 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002332 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2333 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2334 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002335 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002336 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002337 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2338 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2339 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2340 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002341 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002342 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002343 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002344
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002345 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2346 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002347 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2348 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002349 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002350 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2351 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2352 // force the promotion here.
2353 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2354 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002355 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2356 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002357 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2358
2359 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2360 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002361 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002362 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2363 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2364 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2365 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002366 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2367 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002368 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2369
2370 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2371 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002372 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002373 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002374 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2375 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002376 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002377 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00002378 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002379 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2380 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002381
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002382 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002383 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2384 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002385 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2386
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002387 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002388 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2389 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002390 // incomplete types are not object types.
2391 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2392 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2393 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2394 return ExprError();
2395 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002396
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002397 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002398 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002399 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2400 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002401 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002402
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002403 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002404 if (ResultType->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002405 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2406 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2407 return ExprError();
2408 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002409
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002410 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002411 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002412}
2413
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002414QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002415CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002416 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002417 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002418 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2419 // see FIXME there.
2420 //
2421 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2422 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002423 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002424
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002425 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002426 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002427
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002428 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002429 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2430 // to be selected.
2431 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002432
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002433 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2434 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002435 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002436
2437 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2438 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002439 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002440 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2441 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002442 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002443 do
2444 compStr++;
2445 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002446 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002447 do
2448 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002449 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002450 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002451
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002452 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002453 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2454 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002455 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
Benjamin Kramer476d8b82010-08-11 14:47:12 +00002456 << llvm::StringRef(compStr, 1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002457 return QualType();
2458 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002459
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002460 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2461 // operates on.
2462 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002463 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002464
2465 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002466 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002467
2468 while (*compStr) {
2469 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2470 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2471 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2472 return QualType();
2473 }
2474 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002475 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002476
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002477 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002478 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002479 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002480 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002481 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman0479a0b2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002482 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002483 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002484 if (HexSwizzle)
2485 CompSize--;
2486
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002487 if (CompSize == 1)
2488 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002489
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002490 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002491 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002492 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2493 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2494 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2495 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002496 }
2497 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002498}
2499
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002500static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002501 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002502 const Selector &Sel,
2503 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002504
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002505 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002506 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002507 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002508 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002509
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002510 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2511 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002512 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002513 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002514 return D;
2515 }
2516 return 0;
2517}
2518
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002519static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002520 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002521 const Selector &Sel,
2522 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002523 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2524 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002525 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002526 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002527 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002528 GDecl = PD;
2529 break;
2530 }
2531 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002532 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002533 GDecl = OMD;
2534 break;
2535 }
2536 }
2537 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002538 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002539 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2540 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002541 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002542 if (GDecl)
2543 return GDecl;
2544 }
2545 }
2546 return GDecl;
2547}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002548
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002549ExprResult
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002550Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002551 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002552 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2553 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002554 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002555 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002556 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2557 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2558 //
2559 // T* t;
2560 // t.f;
2561 //
2562 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2563 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2564 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2565 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002566 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002567 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2568 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002569 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002570 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002571 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002572 return ExprError();
2573 }
2574 }
2575
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002576 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2577 NameInfo.getName().isDependentName() ||
Douglas Gregor01e56ae2010-04-12 20:54:26 +00002578 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002579
2580 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2581 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002582 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002583 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002584 SS.getScopeRep(),
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002585 SS.getRange(),
2586 FirstQualifierInScope,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002587 NameInfo, TemplateArgs));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002588}
2589
2590/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2591/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2592/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2593static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2594 Expr *BaseExpr,
2595 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002596 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002597 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002598 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2599 // diagnostics.
2600 if (!BaseExpr)
2601 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002602
John McCall110acc12010-04-27 01:43:38 +00002603 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_of_unrelated)
2604 << SS.getRange() << R.getRepresentativeDecl() << BaseType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002605}
2606
2607// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2608// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2609// type. The restriction here is:
2610//
2611// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2612// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2613// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2614//
2615// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2616// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2617// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2618// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2619bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2620 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002621 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002622 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002623 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2624 if (!BaseRT) {
2625 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2626 // dependent.
2627 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2628 return false;
2629 }
2630 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002631
2632 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002633 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2634 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002635 if (!BaseExpr && !(*I)->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002636 return false;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002637
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002638 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
Eli Friedman02463762010-07-27 20:51:02 +00002639 DeclContext *DC = (*I)->getDeclContext();
2640 while (DC->isTransparentContext())
2641 DC = DC->getParent();
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002642
Douglas Gregor9d4bb942010-07-28 22:27:52 +00002643 if (!DC->isRecord())
2644 continue;
2645
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002646 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
Eli Friedman02463762010-07-27 20:51:02 +00002647 MemberRecord.insert(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002648
2649 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2650 return false;
2651 }
2652
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002653 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002654 return true;
2655}
2656
2657static bool
2658LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2659 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
John McCallad00b772010-06-16 08:42:20 +00002660 SourceLocation OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2661 bool HasTemplateArgs) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002662 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2663 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00002664 SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002665 << BaseRange))
2666 return true;
2667
John McCallad00b772010-06-16 08:42:20 +00002668 if (HasTemplateArgs) {
2669 // LookupTemplateName doesn't expect these both to exist simultaneously.
2670 QualType ObjectType = SS.isSet() ? QualType() : QualType(RTy, 0);
2671
2672 bool MOUS;
2673 SemaRef.LookupTemplateName(R, 0, SS, ObjectType, false, MOUS);
2674 return false;
2675 }
2676
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002677 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2678 if (SS.isSet()) {
2679 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2680 // nested-name-specifier.
2681 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2682
John McCall77bb1aa2010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002683 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002684 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2685 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2686 return true;
2687 }
2688
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002689 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002690
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002691 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2692 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2693 << DC << SS.getRange();
2694 return true;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002695 }
2696 }
2697
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002698 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2699 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002700
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002701 if (!R.empty())
2702 return false;
2703
2704 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2705 // for typos.
2706 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00002707 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC, false, Sema::CTC_MemberLookup) &&
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +00002708 !R.empty() &&
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002709 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2710 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2711 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002712 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2713 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002714 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2715 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2716 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002717 return false;
2718 } else {
2719 R.clear();
Douglas Gregor12eb5d62010-06-29 19:27:42 +00002720 R.setLookupName(Name);
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002721 }
2722
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002723 return false;
2724}
2725
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002726ExprResult
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002727Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002728 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002729 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002730 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002731 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002732 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002733 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2734 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002735 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Base, BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002736 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2737 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002738 NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002739
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002740 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupMemberName);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002741
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002742 // Implicit member accesses.
2743 if (!Base) {
2744 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2745 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2746 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2747 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
John McCallad00b772010-06-16 08:42:20 +00002748 OpLoc, SS, TemplateArgs != 0))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002749 return ExprError();
2750
2751 // Explicit member accesses.
2752 } else {
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002753 ExprResult Result =
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002754 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00002755 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ 0, TemplateArgs != 0);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002756
2757 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2758 Owned(Base);
2759 return ExprError();
2760 }
2761
2762 if (Result.get())
2763 return move(Result);
Sebastian Redlf3e63372010-05-07 09:25:11 +00002764
2765 // LookupMemberExpr can modify Base, and thus change BaseType
2766 BaseType = Base->getType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002767 }
2768
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002769 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Base, BaseType,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002770 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2771 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002772}
2773
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002774ExprResult
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002775Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseExprType,
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002776 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2777 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002778 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002779 LookupResult &R,
Douglas Gregor06a9f362010-05-01 20:49:11 +00002780 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2781 bool SuppressQualifierCheck) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002782 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002783 if (IsArrow) {
2784 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2785 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2786 }
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002787 R.setBaseObjectType(BaseType);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002788
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002789 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = SS.getScopeRep();
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002790 const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo = R.getLookupNameInfo();
2791 DeclarationName MemberName = MemberNameInfo.getName();
2792 SourceLocation MemberLoc = MemberNameInfo.getLoc();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002793
2794 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002795 return ExprError();
2796
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002797 if (R.empty()) {
2798 // Rederive where we looked up.
2799 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2800 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2801 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002802
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002803 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002804 << MemberName << DC
2805 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002806 return ExprError();
2807 }
2808
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002809 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2810 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2811 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2812 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2813 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2814 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2815 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2816 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2817 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2818 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
Douglas Gregor06a9f362010-05-01 20:49:11 +00002819 !SuppressQualifierCheck &&
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002820 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002821 return ExprError();
2822
2823 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2824 // result.
2825 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002826 bool Dependent =
John McCall410a3f32009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002827 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002828 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002829 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002830
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002831 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2832 // pick a member.
2833 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2834
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002835 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2836 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2837 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002838 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2839 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002840 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002841 MemberNameInfo,
Douglas Gregor5a84dec2010-05-23 18:57:34 +00002842 TemplateArgs, R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002843
2844 return Owned(MemExpr);
2845 }
2846
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002847 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002848 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = R.begin().getPair();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002849 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2850
2851 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2852
2853 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2854 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2855 // error cases.
2856 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2857 return ExprError();
2858
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002859 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2860 if (!BaseExpr) {
2861 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002862 if (!MemberDecl->isCXXInstanceMember())
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002863 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), MemberDecl);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002864
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002865 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2866 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2867 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2868 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002869 }
2870
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002871 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2872 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2873 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2874 // explicitly qualified.
2875 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2876 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2877 }
2878
2879 // Check the use of this member.
2880 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2881 Owned(BaseExpr);
2882 return ExprError();
2883 }
2884
2885 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2886 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2887 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002888 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2889 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002890 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2891 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2892
2893 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2894 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2895 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2896 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2897 else {
2898 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2899 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2900 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2901
2902 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2903 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2904
2905 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2906 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2907 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2908 }
2909
2910 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002911 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002912 return ExprError();
2913 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002914 FD, FoundDecl, MemberNameInfo,
2915 MemberType));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002916 }
2917
2918 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2919 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2920 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002921 Var, FoundDecl, MemberNameInfo,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002922 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2923 }
2924
2925 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2926 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2927 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002928 MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberNameInfo,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002929 MemberFn->getType()));
2930 }
2931
2932 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2933 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2934 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002935 Enum, FoundDecl, MemberNameInfo,
2936 Enum->getType()));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002937 }
2938
2939 Owned(BaseExpr);
2940
Douglas Gregorb0fd4832010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002941 // We found something that we didn't expect. Complain.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002942 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002943 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Douglas Gregorb0fd4832010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002944 << MemberName << BaseType << int(IsArrow);
2945 else
2946 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2947 << MemberName << BaseType << int(IsArrow);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002948
Douglas Gregorb0fd4832010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002949 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here)
2950 << MemberName;
Douglas Gregor2b147f02010-04-25 21:15:30 +00002951 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Douglas Gregorb0fd4832010-04-25 20:55:08 +00002952 return ExprError();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002953}
2954
2955/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2956/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2957/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2958/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2959/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2960/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2961/// an ordinary member expression.
2962///
2963/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2964/// fixed for ObjC++.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002965ExprResult
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002966Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002967 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002968 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00002969 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, bool HasTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002970 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002971
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002972 // Perform default conversions.
2973 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002974
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002975 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002976 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2977
2978 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2979 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002980
2981 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002982 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002983 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2984 // call, and continue on.
2985 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2986 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2987 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2988 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2989 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002990 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2991 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002992 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2993 ->isRecordType()))) {
2994 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2995 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2996 << QualType(Fun, 0)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002997 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002998
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00002999 ExprResult NewBase
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003000 = ActOnCallExpr(0, BaseExpr, Loc,
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00003001 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
Douglas Gregorf918b832010-06-21 22:46:46 +00003002 BaseExpr = 0;
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00003003 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003004 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003005
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00003006 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
3007 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
3008 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
3009 }
3010 }
3011 }
3012
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003013 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
3014 // use that.
3015 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00003016 if (IsArrow) {
3017 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
3018 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
3019 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003020 if (OPT->getObjectType()->isObjCId() &&
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00003021 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003022 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
3023 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00003024 }
3025 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003026 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
3027 // is a reference to 'isa'.
3028 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
3029 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003030 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003031 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003032 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003033
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00003034 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
3035 // use that.
3036 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
3037 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
3038 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
3039 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
3040 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
3041 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3042 }
3043 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003044
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00003045 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003046
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00003047 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003048 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00003049 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
3050 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3051 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
3052 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
3053 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
3054 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
3055 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
3056 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
3057 // Check the use of this method.
3058 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
3059 return ExprError();
3060 }
3061 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
3062 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
3063 Selector SetterSel =
3064 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
3065 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
3066 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
3067 if (!Setter) {
3068 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
3069 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003070 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00003071 }
3072 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
3073 if (!Setter)
3074 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003075
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00003076 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
3077 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003078
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00003079 if (Getter || Setter) {
3080 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003081
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00003082 if (Getter)
Douglas Gregor5291c3c2010-07-13 08:18:22 +00003083 PType = Getter->getSendResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00003084 else
3085 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
3086 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
3087 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003088 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00003089 PType,
3090 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3091 }
3092 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
3093 << MemberName << BaseType);
3094 }
3095 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003096
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00003097 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
3098 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
3099 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003100 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00003101 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003102
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003103 if (IsArrow) {
3104 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00003105 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003106 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3107 ;
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003108 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
3109 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
3110 // struct MyRecord foo;
3111 // foo->bar
3112 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
3113 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
3114 // by now.
3115 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3116 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003117 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003118 IsArrow = false;
3119 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003120 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
3121 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3122 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00003123 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003124 } else {
3125 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
3126 // type *foo;
3127 // foo.bar
3128 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
3129 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
3130 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
3131 // the appropriate pointer type
3132 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
3133 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
3134 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
3135 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3136 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003137 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003138 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
3139 IsArrow = true;
3140 }
3141 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003142 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003143
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003144 // Handle field access to simple records.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003145 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003146 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
John McCallad00b772010-06-16 08:42:20 +00003147 RTy, OpLoc, SS, HasTemplateArgs))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003148 return ExprError();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003149 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003150 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003151
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003152 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
3153 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003154 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003155 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003156 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003157 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl =
3158 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceDecl()
3159 : BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface();
3160 if (IDecl) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003161 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3162
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003163 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003164 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003165
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003166 if (!IV) {
3167 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3168 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3169 LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +00003170 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl, false, CTC_MemberLookup) &&
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003171 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003172 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003173 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3174 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003175 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3176 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003177 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003178 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor12eb5d62010-06-29 19:27:42 +00003179 } else {
3180 Res.clear();
3181 Res.setLookupName(Member);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003182 }
3183 }
3184
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003185 if (IV) {
3186 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3187 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3188 // error cases.
3189 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3190 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003191
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003192 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3193 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3194 return ExprError();
3195 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3196 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3197 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3198 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3199 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3200 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3201 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3202 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3203 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3204 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3205 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3206 // AST for a function decl.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003207 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00003208 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ObjCImpDecl))
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003209 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3210 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00003211 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ObjCImpDecl))
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003212 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3213 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003214
3215 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3216 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003217 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003218 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003219 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003220 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3221 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003222 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003223 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003224 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003225
3226 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3227 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003228 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003229 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003230 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003231 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003232 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003233 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003234 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003235 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003236 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3237 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003238 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003239 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003240
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003241 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003242 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003243 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3244 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3245 // Check the use of this declaration
3246 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3247 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003248
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003249 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3250 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3251 }
3252 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3253 // Check the use of this method.
3254 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3255 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003256
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00003257 return Owned(ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context,
Douglas Gregor5291c3c2010-07-13 08:18:22 +00003258 OMD->getSendResultType(),
Douglas Gregor04badcf2010-04-21 00:45:42 +00003259 OpLoc, BaseExpr, Sel,
3260 OMD, NULL, 0, MemberLoc));
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003261 }
3262 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003263
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003264 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003265 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003266 }
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00003267
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003268 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3269 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Chris Lattner7f816522010-04-11 07:45:24 +00003270 if (!IsArrow)
3271 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
3272 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
Chris Lattnerb9d4fc12010-04-11 07:51:10 +00003273 return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, MemberName, MemberLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003274
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003275 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003276 if (!IsArrow &&
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003277 BaseType->isObjCObjectType() &&
3278 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()->isObjCId() &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003279 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003280 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003281 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003282
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003283 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003284 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003285 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003286 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3287 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003288 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003289 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003290 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003291 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003292
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003293 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3294 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3295
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003296 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003297}
3298
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003299/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3300/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3301/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3302/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3303/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3304///
3305/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3306/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3307/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3308/// only be called
3309/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3310/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3311/// aren't properly put in the context chain
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003312ExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003313 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3314 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00003315 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003316 UnqualifiedId &Id,
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00003317 Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003318 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3319 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3320 return ExprError();
3321
3322 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3323
3324 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003325 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003326 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3327 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003328 NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003329
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003330 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003331 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3332
3333 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3334 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3335 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3336
3337 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003338 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003339 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3340 Base = Result.take();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003341
Douglas Gregor01e56ae2010-04-12 20:54:26 +00003342 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
3343 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)) {
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003344 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Base, Base->getType(),
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003345 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3346 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003347 NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003348 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003349 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupMemberName);
John McCallad00b772010-06-16 08:42:20 +00003350 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
3351 SS, ObjCImpDecl, TemplateArgs != 0);
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00003352
John McCallad00b772010-06-16 08:42:20 +00003353 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3354 Owned(Base);
3355 return ExprError();
3356 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003357
John McCallad00b772010-06-16 08:42:20 +00003358 if (Result.get()) {
3359 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3360 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3361 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3362 // call now.
3363 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3364 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003365 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameInfo.getLoc(), Result.get());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003366
John McCallad00b772010-06-16 08:42:20 +00003367 return move(Result);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003368 }
3369
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003370 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Base, Base->getType(),
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003371 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3372 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003373 }
3374
3375 return move(Result);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003376}
3377
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003378ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003379 FunctionDecl *FD,
3380 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3381 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3382 Diag (CallLoc,
3383 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3384 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003385 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003386 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3387 } else {
3388 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3389 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3390
3391 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor525f96c2010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003392 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3393 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003394
Douglas Gregor24bae922010-07-08 18:37:38 +00003395 std::pair<const TemplateArgument *, unsigned> Innermost
3396 = ArgList.getInnermost();
3397 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param, Innermost.first,
3398 Innermost.second);
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003399
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003400 ExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003401 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003402 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003403
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003404 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3405 InitializedEntity Entity
3406 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3407 InitializationKind Kind
3408 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3409 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3410 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3411
3412 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003413 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003414 MultiExprArg(*this, &ResultE, 1));
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003415 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003416 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003417
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003418 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003419 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003420 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003421 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003422
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003423 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3424 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3425 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003426 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3427 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson337cba42009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003428 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3429 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003430 }
3431
3432 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003433 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003434}
3435
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003436/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3437/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3438/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3439/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3440/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3441/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003442bool
3443Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003444 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003445 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003446 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3447 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003448 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003449 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3450 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003451 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003452
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003453 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3454 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3455 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3456 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3457 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00003458 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00003459 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003460 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003461 }
3462
3463 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3464 // them.
3465 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3466 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3467 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3468 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00003469 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00003470 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003471 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3472 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3473 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003474 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003475 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003476 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003477 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003478 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003479 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003480 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3481 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3482 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3483 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3484 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003485 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2fe168f2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003486 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003487 if (Invalid)
3488 return true;
3489 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3490 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3491 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003492
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003493 return false;
3494}
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003495
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003496bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3497 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3498 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3499 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3500 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3501 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003502 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003503 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3504 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3505 bool Invalid = false;
3506 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3507 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3508 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3509 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003510 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003511 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003512 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003513
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003514 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003515 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3516 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003517
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003518 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3519 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003520 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003521 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003522 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003523
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003524 // Pass the argument
3525 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3526 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3527 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregoraa037312009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003528
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003529
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003530 InitializedEntity Entity =
3531 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3532 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003533 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003534 SourceLocation(),
3535 Owned(Arg));
3536 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3537 return true;
3538
3539 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003540 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003541 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003542
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003543 ExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003544 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003545 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3546 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003547
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003548 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003549 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003550 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003551 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003552
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003553 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003554 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003555 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Chris Lattner40378332010-05-16 04:01:30 +00003556 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003557 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner40378332010-05-16 04:01:30 +00003558 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType, FDecl);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003559 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003560 }
3561 }
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003562 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003563}
3564
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003565/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003566/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3567/// locations.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003568ExprResult
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003569Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003570 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003571 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003572 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003573
3574 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003575 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Fn);
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003576 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3577 Fn = Result.take();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003578
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003579 Expr **Args = args.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003580
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003581 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003582 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3583 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3584 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3585 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3586 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003587 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003588 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3589 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003590
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003591 NumArgs = 0;
3592 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003593
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003594 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3595 RParenLoc));
3596 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003597
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003598 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003599 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003600 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3601 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003602 bool Dependent = false;
3603 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3604 Dependent = true;
3605 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3606 Dependent = true;
3607
3608 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003609 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003610 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3611
3612 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3613 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3614 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3615 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3616
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003617 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3618
3619 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3620 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3621 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3622 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3623 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3624 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3625 // method template.
3626 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
Douglas Gregor2b147f02010-04-25 21:15:30 +00003627 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(
3628 (*MemE->decls_begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()));
Douglas Gregor958aeb02009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003629 (void)MemE;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003630
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003631 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3632 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003633 }
3634
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003635 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003636 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003637 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003638 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003639 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3640 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003641 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003642
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003643 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003644 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003645 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3646 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Douglas Gregor5f970ee2010-05-04 18:18:31 +00003647 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT
3648 = BO->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5291c3c2010-07-13 08:18:22 +00003649 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getCallResultType(Context);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003650
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003651 CXXMemberCallExpr *TheCall
3652 = new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3653 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3654 RParenLoc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003655
3656 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3657 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003658 TheCall, 0))
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003659 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003660
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003661 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003662 RParenLoc))
3663 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003664
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003665 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003666 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003667 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003668 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3669 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003670 }
3671 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003672 }
3673
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003674 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003675 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003676 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003677
Eli Friedmanefa42f72009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003678 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003679 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3680 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
Douglas Gregor1aae80b2010-04-14 20:27:54 +00003681 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003682 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003683 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003684
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003685 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3686 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3687 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3688
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003689 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3690}
3691
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003692/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3693/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003694/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3695/// block-pointer type.
3696///
3697/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003698ExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003699Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3700 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3701 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3702 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3703 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3704
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003705 // Promote the function operand.
3706 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3707
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003708 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3709 // of arguments and function on error.
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003710 CallExpr *TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3711 Args, NumArgs,
3712 Context.BoolTy,
3713 RParenLoc);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003714
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003715 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3716 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3717 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3718 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003719 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003720 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003721 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3722 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003723 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003724 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003725 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003726 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003727 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003728 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003729 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3730 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3731
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003732 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003733 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003734 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall,
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003735 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003736 return ExprError();
3737
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003738 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor5291c3c2010-07-13 08:18:22 +00003739 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003740
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003741 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003742 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003743 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003744 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003745 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003746 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003747
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003748 if (FDecl) {
3749 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3750 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3751 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis06a54a32010-07-07 11:31:19 +00003752 if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003753 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003754 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003755 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3756 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3757 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3758 }
3759 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003760 }
3761
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003762 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003763 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3764 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3765 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003766 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3767 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003768 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3769 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003770 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003771 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003772 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003773 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003774
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003775 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3776 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003777 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3778 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003779
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003780 // Check for sentinels
3781 if (NDecl)
3782 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003783
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003784 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003785 if (FDecl) {
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003786 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall))
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003787 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003788
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003789 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003790 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003791 } else if (NDecl) {
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003792 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall))
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003793 return ExprError();
3794 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003795
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003796 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003797}
3798
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003799ExprResult
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00003800Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003801 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003802 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003803 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003804 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003805
3806 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3807 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3808 if (!TInfo)
3809 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3810
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003811 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003812}
3813
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003814ExprResult
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003815Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003816 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *literalExpr) {
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003817 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003818
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003819 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003820 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003821 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3822 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003823 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3824 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003825 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003826 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003827 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003828 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003829
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003830 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003831 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003832 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003833 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003834 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003835 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003836 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003837 MultiExprArg(*this, &literalExpr, 1),
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003838 &literalType);
3839 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003840 return ExprError();
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003841 literalExpr = Result.get();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003842
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003843 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003844 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003845 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003846 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003847 }
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003848
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003849 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003850 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003851}
3852
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003853ExprResult
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003854Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003855 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3856 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00003857 Expr **InitList = initlist.release();
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003858
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003859 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003860 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003861
Ted Kremenek709210f2010-04-13 23:39:13 +00003862 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitList,
3863 NumInit, RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003864 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003865 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003866}
3867
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003868static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3869 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003870 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003871 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3872
3873 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3874 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003875 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3876 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahaniana7fa7cd2009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003877 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003878 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3879 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3880 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003881
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003882 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3883 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3884 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3885 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3886 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3887 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3888 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3889 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003890
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003891 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3892 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3893 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3894 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3895 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3896 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003897
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003898 // FIXME: Assert here.
3899 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3900 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3901}
3902
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003903/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003904bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003905 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00003906 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003907 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003908 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Anders Carlsson5cf86ba2010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003909 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, BasePath,
3910 FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003911
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003912 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003913
3914 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3915 // type needs to be scalar.
3916 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3917 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003918 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3919 return false;
3920 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003921
Eli Friedman8d438082010-07-17 20:43:49 +00003922 if (RequireCompleteType(TyR.getBegin(), castType,
3923 diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete))
3924 return true;
3925
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003926 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003927 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003928 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3929 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003930 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003931 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3932 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003933 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003934 return false;
3935 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003936
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003937 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003938 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003939 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003940 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003941 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003942 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003943 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003944 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003945 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3946 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3947 break;
3948 }
3949 }
3950 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3951 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3952 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003953 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003954 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003955 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003956
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003957 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3958 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3959 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3960 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003961
3962 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003963 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003964 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3965 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003966 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003967 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003968
3969 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003970 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003971
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003972 if (castType->isVectorType())
3973 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3974 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3975 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3976
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003977 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3978 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003979
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003980 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003981 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor9d3347a2010-06-16 00:35:25 +00003982 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType(Context) &&
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003983 castExprType->isArithmeticType())
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003984 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3985 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3986 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3987 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Douglas Gregor9d3347a2010-06-16 00:35:25 +00003988 if (!castType->isIntegralType(Context) && castType->isArithmeticType())
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003989 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3990 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3991 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003992 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003993
3994 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
John McCallb7f4ffe2010-08-12 21:44:57 +00003995
3996 if (Kind == CastExpr::CK_Unknown || Kind == CastExpr::CK_BitCast)
3997 CheckCastAlign(castExpr, castType, TyR);
3998
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003999 return false;
4000}
4001
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00004002bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
4003 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00004004 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004005
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00004006 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00004007 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00004008 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004009 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00004010 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004011 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004012 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00004013 } else
4014 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004015 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004016 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004017
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00004018 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00004019 return false;
4020}
4021
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004022bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00004023 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00004024 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004025
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00004026 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004027
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00004028 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
4029 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00004030 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
4031 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
4032 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
4033 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00004034 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00004035 return false;
4036 }
4037
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004038 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00004039 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
4040 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004041 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
4042 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
4043 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
4044 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004045
4046 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
4047 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
4048 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004049
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00004050 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00004051 return false;
4052}
4053
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004054ExprResult
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004055Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004056 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *castExpr) {
4057 assert((Ty != 0) && (castExpr != 0) &&
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004058 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00004059
John McCall9d125032010-01-15 18:39:57 +00004060 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
4061 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
4062 if (!castTInfo)
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004063 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004064
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004065 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
4066 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004067 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, castExpr,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004068 castTInfo);
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004069
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004070 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, castExpr);
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004071}
4072
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004073ExprResult
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004074Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004075 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *castExpr) {
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004076 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00004077 CXXCastPath BasePath;
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004078 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlsson5cf86ba2010-04-24 19:06:50 +00004079 Kind, BasePath))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004080 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004081
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00004082 return Owned(CStyleCastExpr::Create(Context,
Douglas Gregor63982352010-07-13 18:40:04 +00004083 Ty->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context),
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00004084 Kind, castExpr, &BasePath, Ty,
4085 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004086}
4087
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004088/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
4089/// of comma binary operators.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004090ExprResult
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004091Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *expr) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004092 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
4093 if (!E)
4094 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004095
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004096 ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004097
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004098 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004099 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
4100 E->getExpr(i));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004101
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004102 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4103
4104 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004105}
4106
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004107ExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004108Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004109 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *Op,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004110 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004111 ParenListExpr *PE = cast<ParenListExpr>(Op);
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004112 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
John Thompson8bb59a82010-06-30 22:55:51 +00004113 bool isAltiVecLiteral = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004114
John Thompson8bb59a82010-06-30 22:55:51 +00004115 // Check for an altivec literal,
4116 // i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004117 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
4118 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
4119 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4120 return ExprError();
4121 }
John Thompson8bb59a82010-06-30 22:55:51 +00004122 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
4123 if (!PE->getExpr(0)->getType()->isVectorType())
4124 isAltiVecLiteral = true;
4125 }
4126 else
4127 isAltiVecLiteral = true;
4128 }
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004129
John Thompson8bb59a82010-06-30 22:55:51 +00004130 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
4131 // then handle it as such.
4132 if (isAltiVecLiteral) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004133 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4134 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4135 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4136
4137 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4138 // braces instead of the original commas.
Ted Kremenek709210f2010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004139 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LParenLoc,
4140 &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004141 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4142 E->setType(Ty);
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004143 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, E);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004144 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004145 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004146 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004147 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Op);
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004148 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4149 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Result.take());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004150 }
4151}
4152
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004153ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004154 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004155 MultiExprArg Val,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004156 ParsedType TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004157 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4158 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004159 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4160 Expr *expr;
4161 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4162 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4163 else
4164 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004165 return Owned(expr);
4166}
4167
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004168/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4169/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004170/// C99 6.5.15
4171QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4172 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004173 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4174 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4175 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4176
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004177 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4178 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4179 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4180 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4181 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4182 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004183
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004184 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004185 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4186 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4187 << CondTy;
4188 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004189 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004190
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004191 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004192 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4193 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004194
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004195 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4196 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004197 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4198 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4199 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004200 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004201
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004202 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4203 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004204 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4205 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004206 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004207 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004208 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004209 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004210 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004211 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004212
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004213 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004214 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004215 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4216 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4217 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4218 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4219 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4220 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4221 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004222 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4223 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004224 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004225 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004226 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4227 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004228 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004229 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004230 // promote the null to a pointer.
4231 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004232 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004233 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004234 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004235 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004236 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004237 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004238 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004239
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004240 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4241 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4242 QuestionLoc);
4243 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4244 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004245
4246
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004247 // Handle block pointer types.
4248 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4249 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4250 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4251 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004252 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4253 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004254 return destType;
4255 }
4256 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004257 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004258 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004259 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004260 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4261 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4262 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004263 return LHSTy;
4264 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004265 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004266 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4267 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004268
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004269 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4270 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004271 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004272 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004273 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4274 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4275 // to get a consistent AST.
4276 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004277 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4278 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004279 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004280 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004281 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004282 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4283 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004284 return LHSTy;
4285 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004286
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004287 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4288 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4289 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004290 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4291 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004292
4293 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4294 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4295 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004296 QualType destPointee
4297 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004298 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004299 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4300 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4301 // Promote to void*.
4302 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004303 return destType;
4304 }
4305 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004306 QualType destPointee
4307 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004308 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004309 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004310 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004311 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004312 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004313 return destType;
4314 }
4315
4316 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4317 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4318 return LHSTy;
4319 }
4320 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4321 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4322 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4323 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4324 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4325 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4326 // to get a consistent AST.
4327 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004328 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4329 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004330 return incompatTy;
4331 }
4332 // The pointer types are compatible.
4333 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4334 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4335 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4336 // type.
4337 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4338 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004339 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4340 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004341 return LHSTy;
4342 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004343
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004344 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4345 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4346 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4347 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004348 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004349 return RHSTy;
4350 }
4351 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4352 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4353 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004354 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004355 return LHSTy;
4356 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004357
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004358 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004359 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4360 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004361 return QualType();
4362}
4363
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004364/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4365/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4366QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4367 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4368 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4369 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004370
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004371 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4372 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4373 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4374 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4375 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4376 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4377 return LHSTy;
4378 }
4379 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4380 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4381 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4382 return RHSTy;
4383 }
4384 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4385 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4386 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4387 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4388 return LHSTy;
4389 }
4390 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4391 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4392 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4393 return RHSTy;
4394 }
4395 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4396 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4397 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4398 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4399 return LHSTy;
4400 }
4401 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4402 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4403 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4404 return RHSTy;
4405 }
4406 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4407 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004408
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004409 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4410 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4411 return LHSTy;
4412 }
4413 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4414 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4415 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004416
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004417 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4418 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4419 // type. This allows
4420 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4421 // where B is a subclass of A.
4422 //
4423 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4424 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4425 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4426 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004427
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004428 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4429 // It could return the composite type.
4430 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4431 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4432 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4433 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4434 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4435 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4436 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4437 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4438 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4439 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4440 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4441 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4442 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4443 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004444 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004445 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4446 ;
4447 else {
4448 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4449 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4450 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4451 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4452 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4453 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4454 return incompatTy;
4455 }
4456 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4457 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4458 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4459 return compositeType;
4460 }
4461 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4462 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4463 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4464 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4465 QualType destPointee
4466 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4467 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4468 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4469 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4470 // Promote to void*.
4471 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4472 return destType;
4473 }
4474 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4475 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4476 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4477 QualType destPointee
4478 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4479 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4480 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4481 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4482 // Promote to void*.
4483 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4484 return destType;
4485 }
4486 return QualType();
4487}
4488
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004489/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004490/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004491ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004492 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004493 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4494 Expr *RHSExpr) {
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004495 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4496 // was the condition.
4497 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4498 if (isLHSNull)
4499 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004500
4501 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004502 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004503 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004504 return ExprError();
4505
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004506 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004507 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004508 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004509}
4510
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004511// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004512// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004513// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4514// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4515// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004516Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004517Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4518 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004519
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004520 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4521 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4522 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4523 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4524 return Compatible;
4525 }
4526
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004527 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004528 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4529 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004530
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004531 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004532 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4533 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004534
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004535 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004536
4537 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4538 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4539 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004540 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004541 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004542 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004543
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004544 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4545 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004546 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004547 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004548 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004549 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004550
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004551 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004552 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4553 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004554 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004555
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004556 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004557 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004558 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004559
4560 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004561 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4562 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004563 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004564 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004565 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004566 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4567 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4568 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4569 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4570 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4571 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004572 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004573 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00004574 else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004575 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004576
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004577 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004578 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00004579 else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004580 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004581
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004582 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4583 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4584 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4585 // warning can be disabled.
4586 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4587 return ConvTy;
4588 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4589 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004590
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004591 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4592 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4593 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4594 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4595 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4596 do {
4597 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4598 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004599
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004600 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4601 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4602 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004603
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004604 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004605 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004606 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004607
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004608 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004609 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004610 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004611 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004612}
4613
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004614/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4615/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4616/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4617// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004618Sema::AssignConvertType
4619Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004620 QualType rhsType) {
4621 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004622
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004623 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004624 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4625 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004626
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004627 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4628 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4629 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004630
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004631 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004632
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004633 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004634 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004635 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004636
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004637 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4638 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4639 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4640 }
4641 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004642 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004643 return ConvTy;
4644}
4645
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004646/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4647/// for assignment compatibility.
4648Sema::AssignConvertType
4649Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004650 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4651 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004652 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4653 !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004654 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004655 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004656 }
4657 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4658 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004659 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4660 !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004661 return IncompatiblePointer;
4662 return Compatible;
4663 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004664 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004665 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004666 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004667 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4668 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4669 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4670 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4671 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4672 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004673
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004674 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4675 return Compatible;
4676 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4677 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004678 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004679}
4680
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004681/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4682/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004683/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4684///
4685/// int a, *pint;
4686/// short *pshort;
4687/// struct foo *pfoo;
4688///
4689/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4690/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4691/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4692/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4693///
4694/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004695/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004696///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004697Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004698Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004699 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4700 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004701 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4702 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004703
4704 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004705 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004706
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004707 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4708 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4709 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4710 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4711 return Compatible;
4712 }
4713
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004714 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4715 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4716 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4717 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4718 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4719 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4720 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004721 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004722 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004723 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004724 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004725 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004726 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4727 // to the same ExtVector type.
4728 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4729 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4730 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
Douglas Gregor00619622010-06-22 23:41:02 +00004731 if (rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004732 return Compatible;
4733 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004734
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004735 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004736 if (lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
4737 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
4738 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
4739 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
4740 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4741 (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType)))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004742 return IncompatibleVectors;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004743
4744 // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
4745 // vector type and vice versa
4746 if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(lhsType, rhsType))
4747 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004748 }
4749 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004750 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004751
Douglas Gregor88623ad2010-05-23 21:53:47 +00004752 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType() &&
4753 !(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && lhsType->isEnumeralType()))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004754 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004755
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004756 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004757 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004758 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004759
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004760 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004761 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004762
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004763 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004764 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004765 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4766 return Compatible;
4767 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004768 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004769 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4770 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004771 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004772
4773 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004774 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004775 return Compatible;
4776 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004777 return Incompatible;
4778 }
4779
4780 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4781 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004782 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004783
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004784 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004785 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004786 return Compatible;
4787
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004788 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4789 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004790
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004791 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004792 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004793 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004794 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004795 return Incompatible;
4796 }
4797
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004798 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4799 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4800 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004801
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004802 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004803 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004804 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4805 return Compatible;
4806 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004807 }
4808 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004809 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004810 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004811 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004812 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4813 return Compatible;
4814 }
4815 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4816 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4817 return Compatible;
4818 return Incompatible;
4819 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004820 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004821 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004822 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4823 return Compatible;
4824
4825 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004826 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004827
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004828 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004829 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004830
4831 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004832 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004833 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004834 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004835 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004836 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4837 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4838 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4839 return Compatible;
4840
4841 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4842 return PointerToInt;
4843
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004844 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004845 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004846 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4847 return Compatible;
4848 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004849 }
4850 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004851 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004852 return Compatible;
4853 return Incompatible;
4854 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004855
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004856 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004857 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004858 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004859 }
4860 return Incompatible;
4861}
4862
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004863/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4864/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004865static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004866 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4867 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4868 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenek709210f2010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004869 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004870 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004871 SourceLocation());
4872 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4873 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4874
4875 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4876 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004877 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004878 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004879 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004880}
4881
4882Sema::AssignConvertType
4883Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4884 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4885
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004886 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004887 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4888 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004889 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004890 return Incompatible;
4891
4892 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4893 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4894 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4895 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004896 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4897 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004898 it != itend; ++it) {
4899 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4900 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4901 // 1) void pointer
4902 // 2) null pointer constant
4903 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004904 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004905 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004906 InitField = *it;
4907 break;
4908 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004909
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004910 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004911 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004912 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004913 InitField = *it;
4914 break;
4915 }
4916 }
4917
4918 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4919 == Compatible) {
4920 InitField = *it;
4921 break;
4922 }
4923 }
4924
4925 if (!InitField)
4926 return Incompatible;
4927
4928 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4929 return Compatible;
4930}
4931
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004932Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004933Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004934 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4935 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4936 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4937 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4938 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004939 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004940 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004941 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004942 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004943 }
4944
4945 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4946 // structures.
4947 }
4948
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004949 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4950 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004951 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4952 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004953 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004954 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004955 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004956 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004957 return Compatible;
4958 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004959
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004960 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004961 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004962 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Nick Lewyckyc133e9e2010-08-05 06:27:49 +00004963 // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004964 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004965 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004966 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004967 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004968
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004969 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4970 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004971
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004972 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4973 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004974 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4975 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4976 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4977 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004978 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor63982352010-07-13 18:40:04 +00004979 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004980 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004981 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004982}
4983
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004984QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004985 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004986 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004987 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004988 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004989}
4990
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004991QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004992 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004993 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004994 QualType lhsType =
4995 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4996 QualType rhsType =
4997 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004998
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004999 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00005000 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005001 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00005002
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005003 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
5004 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005005 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
5006 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005007 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5008 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005009 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005010 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Douglas Gregor26bcf672010-05-19 03:21:00 +00005011 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
5012 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5013 return lhsType;
5014 }
5015
5016 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5017 return rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005018 }
5019 }
5020 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005021
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00005022 // Handle the case of equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types
5023 if (lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType() &&
5024 Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(lhsType, rhsType)) {
5025 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5026 return rhsType;
5027 }
5028
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00005029 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
5030 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
5031 bool swapped = false;
5032 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
5033 swapped = true;
5034 std::swap(rex, lex);
5035 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
5036 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005037
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00005038 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005039 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00005040 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor9d3347a2010-06-16 00:35:25 +00005041 if (EltTy->isIntegralType(Context) && rhsType->isIntegralType(Context)) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00005042 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005043 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00005044 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
5045 return lhsType;
5046 }
5047 }
5048 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
5049 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
5050 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005051 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00005052 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
5053 return lhsType;
5054 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00005055 }
5056 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005057
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00005058 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005059 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005060 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005061 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005062 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005063}
5064
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005065QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
5066 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00005067 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005068 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005069
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005070 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005071
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005072 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
5073 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5074 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005075
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005076 // Check for division by zero.
5077 if (isDiv &&
5078 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005079 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00005080 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005081
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005082 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005083}
5084
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005085QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005086 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00005087 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005088 if (lex->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
5089 rex->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00005090 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5091 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5092 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005093
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005094 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005095
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005096 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
5097 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005098
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005099 // Check for remainder by zero.
5100 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00005101 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
5102 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005103
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005104 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005105}
5106
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005107QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005108 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005109 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5110 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5111 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5112 return compType;
5113 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005114
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005115 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005116
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005117 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005118 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
5119 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
5120 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005121 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005122 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005123
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005124 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
5125 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005126 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005127 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
5128
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005129 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005130
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005131 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005132 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005133
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005134 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
5135 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005136 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5137 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00005138 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005139 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005140 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005141
5142 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5143 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5144 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005145 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005146 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5147 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5148 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5149 return QualType();
5150 }
5151
5152 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5153 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5154 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005155 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005156 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005157 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005158 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005159 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5160 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005161 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5162 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005163 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005164 return QualType();
5165 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005166 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005167 if (PointeeTy->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005168 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5169 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5170 return QualType();
5171 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005172
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005173 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005174 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5175 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5176 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5177 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5178 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005179 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005180 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5181 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005182 return PExp->getType();
5183 }
5184 }
5185
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005186 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005187}
5188
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005189// C99 6.5.6
5190QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005191 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5192 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5193 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5194 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5195 return compType;
5196 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005197
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005198 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005199
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005200 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005201
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005202 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005203 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5204 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005205 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005206 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005207 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005208
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005209 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005210 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005211 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005212
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005213 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005214
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005215 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5216 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5217 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5218 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5219 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5220 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5221 return QualType();
5222 }
5223
5224 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5225 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5226 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5227 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5228 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005229 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005230 return QualType();
5231 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005232
5233 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5234 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5235 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005236 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005237 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005238 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005239 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005240 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005241
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005242 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005243 if (lpointee->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005244 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5245 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5246 return QualType();
5247 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005248
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005249 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005250 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5251 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5252 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5253 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5254 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5255 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005256 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005257 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5258
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005259 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005260 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005261 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005262
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005263 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005264 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005265 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005266
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005267 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5268 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5269 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5270 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5271 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5272 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5273 return QualType();
5274 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005275
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005276 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5277 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5278 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5279 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005280 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005281 return QualType();
5282 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005283
5284 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5285 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5286 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5287 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5288 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005289 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5290 << rex->getSourceRange()
5291 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005292 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005293
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005294 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5295 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5296 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5297 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5298 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5299 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5300 return QualType();
5301 }
5302 } else {
5303 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5304 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5305 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5306 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5307 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5308 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5309 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5310 return QualType();
5311 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005312 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005313
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005314 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5315 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5316 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5317 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5318 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005319 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005320 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005321
5322 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005323 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5324 }
5325 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005326
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005327 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005328}
5329
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005330// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005331QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005332 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005333 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005334 if (!lex->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
5335 !rex->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005336 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005337
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005338 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5339 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5340 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5341
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005342 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5343 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005344 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5345 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5346 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5347 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5348 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005349 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005350 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005351 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005352
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005353 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005354
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005355 // Sanity-check shift operands
5356 llvm::APSInt Right;
5357 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005358 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5359 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005360 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005361 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5362 else {
5363 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5364 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5365 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5366 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5367 }
5368 }
5369
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005370 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005371 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005372}
5373
Chandler Carruth99919472010-07-10 12:30:03 +00005374static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) {
5375 if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) {
5376 if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC))
5377 return true;
5378 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
5379 return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
5380 }
5381 return false;
5382}
5383
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005384// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005385QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005386 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5387 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5388
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005389 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005390 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005391 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005392
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005393 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5394 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005395
Douglas Gregor8eee1192010-06-22 22:12:46 +00005396 if (!lType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
5397 !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005398 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5399 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5400 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Chandler Carruth64d092c2010-07-12 06:23:38 +00005401 //
5402 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
5403 // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
5404 // comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch
5405 // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
5406 // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
5407 // result.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005408 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5409 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
Chandler Carruth99919472010-07-10 12:30:03 +00005410 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped)) {
Douglas Gregord64fdd02010-06-08 19:50:34 +00005411 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped)) {
Chandler Carruth64d092c2010-07-12 06:23:38 +00005412 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() && !Loc.isMacroID() &&
Chandler Carruth99919472010-07-10 12:30:03 +00005413 !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DRL->getDecl())) {
Douglas Gregord64fdd02010-06-08 19:50:34 +00005414 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
5415 << 0 // self-
5416 << (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ
5417 || Opc == BinaryOperator::LE
5418 || Opc == BinaryOperator::GE));
5419 } else if (lType->isArrayType() && rType->isArrayType() &&
5420 !DRL->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
5421 !DRR->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
5422 // what is it always going to eval to?
5423 char always_evals_to;
5424 switch(Opc) {
5425 case BinaryOperator::EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
5426 always_evals_to = 0; // false
5427 break;
5428 case BinaryOperator::NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
5429 always_evals_to = 1; // true
5430 break;
5431 default:
5432 // best we can say is 'a constant'
5433 always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2
5434 break;
5435 }
5436 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
5437 << 1 // array
5438 << always_evals_to);
5439 }
5440 }
Chandler Carruth99919472010-07-10 12:30:03 +00005441 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005442
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005443 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5444 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5445 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5446 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005447
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005448 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5449 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005450 Expr *literalString = 0;
5451 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005452 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005453 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005454 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005455 literalString = lex;
5456 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005457 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5458 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005459 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005460 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005461 literalString = rex;
5462 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5463 }
5464
5465 if (literalString) {
5466 std::string resultComparison;
5467 switch (Opc) {
5468 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5469 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5470 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5471 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5472 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5473 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5474 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5475 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005476
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005477 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5478 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5479 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
Ted Kremenek03a4bee2010-04-09 20:26:53 +00005480 << literalString->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005481 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005482 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005483
Douglas Gregord64fdd02010-06-08 19:50:34 +00005484 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
5485 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5486 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5487 else {
5488 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5489 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5490 }
5491
5492 lType = lex->getType();
5493 rType = rex->getType();
5494
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005495 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005496 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005497
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005498 if (isRelational) {
5499 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005500 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005501 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005502 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Douglas Gregor8eee1192010-06-22 22:12:46 +00005503 if (lType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005504 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005505
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005506 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005507 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005508 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005509
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005510 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005511 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005512 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005513 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005514
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005515 // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5516 // when handling null pointer constants.
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005517 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005518 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005519 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005520 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005521 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005522
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005523 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005524 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5525 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005526 if (!isRelational &&
5527 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5528 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5529 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005530 // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
5531 // conformance with the C++ standard.
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005532 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5533 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005534 Diag(Loc,
5535 isSFINAEContext()?
5536 diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
5537 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005538 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005539
5540 if (isSFINAEContext())
5541 return QualType();
5542
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005543 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5544 return ResultTy;
5545 }
5546 }
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005547 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5548 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5549 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5550 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5551 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5552 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005553 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005554 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005555 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005556 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005557 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005558 if (T.isNull()) {
5559 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5560 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5561 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005562 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005563 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005564 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005565 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005566 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005567 }
5568
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005569 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5570 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005571 return ResultTy;
5572 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005573 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5574 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5575 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5576 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5577 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5578 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5579 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5580 }
5581 } else if (!isRelational &&
5582 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5583 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5584 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5585 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5586 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5587 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5588 }
5589 } else {
5590 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005591 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005592 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005593 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005594 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005595 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005596 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005597 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005598
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005599 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005600 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005601 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005602 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005603 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5604 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Douglas Gregor443c2122010-08-07 13:36:37 +00005605 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType,
5606 lType->isMemberPointerType()
5607 ? CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer
5608 : CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005609 return ResultTy;
5610 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005611 if (LHSIsNull &&
5612 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5613 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Douglas Gregor443c2122010-08-07 13:36:37 +00005614 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType,
5615 rType->isMemberPointerType()
5616 ? CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer
5617 : CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005618 return ResultTy;
5619 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005620
5621 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005622 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005623 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5624 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005625 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5626 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5627 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5628 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5629 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5630 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5631 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5632 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005633 // types.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005634 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005635 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005636 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005637 if (T.isNull()) {
5638 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005639 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005640 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005641 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005642 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005643 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005644 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005645 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005646 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005647
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005648 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5649 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005650 return ResultTy;
5651 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005652
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005653 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005654 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5655 return ResultTy;
5656 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005657
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005658 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005659 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005660 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5661 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005662
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005663 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005664 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005665 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005666 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005667 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005668 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005669 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005670 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005671 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005672 if (!isRelational
5673 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5674 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005675 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005676 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005677 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005678 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005679 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5680 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5681 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005682 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005683 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005684 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005685 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005686
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005687 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005688 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005689 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5690 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005691 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005692 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005693 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005694 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005695
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005696 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5697 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005698 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005699 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005700 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005701 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005702 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005703 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005704 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005705 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005706 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5707 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005708 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005709 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005710 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005711 }
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005712 if ((lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) ||
5713 (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType())) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005714 unsigned DiagID = 0;
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005715 bool isError = false;
5716 if ((LHSIsNull && lType->isIntegerType()) ||
5717 (RHSIsNull && rType->isIntegerType())) {
5718 if (isRelational && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005719 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005720 } else if (isRelational && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005721 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005722 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5723 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5724 isError = true;
5725 } else
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005726 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005727
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005728 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005729 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005730 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005731 if (isError)
5732 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005733 }
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005734
5735 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5736 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005737 else
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005738 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005739 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005740 }
Douglas Gregor6e5122c2010-06-15 21:38:40 +00005741
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005742 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005743 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5744 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005745 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005746 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005747 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005748 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5749 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005750 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005751 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005752 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005753 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005754}
5755
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005756/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005757/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005758/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5759/// types.
5760QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005761 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005762 bool isRelational) {
5763 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5764 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005765 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005766 if (vType.isNull())
5767 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005768
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005769 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5770 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005771
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005772 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5773 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5774 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Douglas Gregor8eee1192010-06-22 22:12:46 +00005775 if (!lType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005776 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5777 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5778 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregord64fdd02010-06-08 19:50:34 +00005779 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5780 PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
5781 << 0 // self-
5782 << 2 // "a constant"
5783 );
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005784 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005785
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005786 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Douglas Gregor8eee1192010-06-22 22:12:46 +00005787 if (!isRelational && lType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
5788 assert (rType->hasFloatingRepresentation());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005789 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005790 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005791
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005792 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5793 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5794 // elements for floating point vectors.
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005795 if (lType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005796 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005797
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005798 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005799 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005800 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005801 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005802 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005803 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5804
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005805 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005806 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005807 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5808}
5809
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005810inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005811 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005812 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5813 if (lex->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
5814 rex->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
5815 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5816
5817 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5818 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005819
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005820 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005821
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005822 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005823 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005824 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005825}
5826
5827inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Chris Lattner90a8f272010-07-13 19:41:32 +00005828 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc) {
5829
5830 // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
5831 // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
5832 // is a constant.
5833 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && !lex->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
Eli Friedman787b0942010-07-27 19:14:53 +00005834 rex->getType()->isIntegerType() && !rex->isValueDependent() &&
Chris Lattner23ef3e42010-07-15 00:26:43 +00005835 // Don't warn in macros.
Chris Lattnerb7690b42010-07-24 01:10:11 +00005836 !Loc.isMacroID()) {
5837 // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
5838 // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
5839 // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
5840 Expr::EvalResult Result;
5841 if (rex->Evaluate(Result, Context) && !Result.HasSideEffects &&
5842 Result.Val.getInt() != 0 && Result.Val.getInt() != 1) {
5843 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
5844 << rex->getSourceRange()
5845 << (Opc == BinaryOperator::LAnd ? "&&" : "||")
5846 << (Opc == BinaryOperator::LAnd ? "&" : "|");
5847 }
5848 }
Chris Lattner90a8f272010-07-13 19:41:32 +00005849
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005850 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5851 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5852 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005853
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005854 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5855 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005856
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005857 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005858 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005859
John McCall75f7c0f2010-06-04 00:29:51 +00005860 // The following is safe because we only use this method for
5861 // non-overloadable operands.
5862
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005863 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5864 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
John McCall75f7c0f2010-06-04 00:29:51 +00005865 // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
5866 if (PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(lex) ||
5867 PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(rex))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005868 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005869
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005870 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5871 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5872 // The result is a bool.
5873 return Context.BoolTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005874}
5875
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005876/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5877/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5878/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5879///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005880static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005881 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5882 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5883 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5884 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005885 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005886 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5887 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5888 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5889 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005890 }
5891 }
5892 return false;
5893}
5894
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005895/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5896/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5897static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005898 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005899 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005900 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005901 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5902 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005903 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5904 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005905
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005906 unsigned Diag = 0;
5907 bool NeedType = false;
5908 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005909 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005910 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005911 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5912 NeedType = true;
5913 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005914 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005915 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5916 NeedType = true;
5917 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005918 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005919 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5920 break;
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005921 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5922 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005923 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005924 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5925 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005926 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5927 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005928 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5929 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005930 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005931 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005932 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005933 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005934 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5935 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005936 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005937 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5938 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005939 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5940 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5941 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005942 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5943 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5944 break;
Fariborz Jahanian2514a302009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005945 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5946 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5947 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005948 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005949
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005950 SourceRange Assign;
5951 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5952 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005953 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005954 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005955 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005956 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005957 return true;
5958}
5959
5960
5961
5962// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005963QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5964 SourceLocation Loc,
5965 QualType CompoundType) {
5966 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5967 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005968 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005969
5970 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5971 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005972 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005973 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane2a901a2010-06-07 22:02:01 +00005974 QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005975 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Fariborz Jahaniane2a901a2010-06-07 22:02:01 +00005976 if (const ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr *OISGE =
5977 dyn_cast<ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr>(LHS)) {
5978 // If using property-dot syntax notation for assignment, and there is a
5979 // setter, RHS expression is being passed to the setter argument. So,
5980 // type conversion (and comparison) is RHS to setter's argument type.
5981 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *SetterMD = OISGE->getSetterMethod()) {
5982 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = SetterMD->param_begin();
5983 LHSTy = (*P)->getType();
5984 }
5985 }
5986
5987 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005988 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5989 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5990 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005991 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005992 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005993 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005994 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005995
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005996 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5997 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5998 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005999 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00006000 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
6001 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
6002 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
6003 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
6004 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00006005 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00006006 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00006007 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
6008 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
6009 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00006010 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
6011 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006012 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
6013 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
6014 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00006015 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00006016 }
6017 } else {
6018 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00006019 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00006020 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006021
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00006022 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006023 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006024 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006025
Chris Lattner8b5dec32010-07-07 06:14:23 +00006026
6027 // Check to see if the destination operand is a dereferenced null pointer. If
6028 // so, and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
6029 // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this
6030 // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This
6031 // only handles the pattern "*null = whatever", which is a very syntactic
6032 // check.
6033 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()))
6034 if (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref &&
6035 UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->
6036 isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
6037 !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
6038 Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
6039 << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange();
6040 Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_indirection_through_null);
6041 }
6042
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006043 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
6044 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006045 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006046 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
6047 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006048 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00006049 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00006050 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006051}
6052
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00006053// C99 6.5.17
6054QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis25973452010-06-30 10:53:14 +00006055 DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS);
6056
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00006057 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006058 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
6059 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6060 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006061
6062 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
6063 // incomplete in C++).
6064
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00006065 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006066}
6067
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00006068/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
6069/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006070QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00006071 bool isInc, bool isPrefix) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006072 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6073 return Context.DependentTy;
6074
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006075 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
6076 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006077
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006078 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
6079 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
6080 if (!isInc) {
6081 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
6082 return QualType();
6083 }
6084 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
6085 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
6086 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006087 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00006088 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
6089 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006090
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006091 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006092 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00006093 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6094 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
6095 << Op->getSourceRange();
6096 return QualType();
6097 }
6098
6099 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006100 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006101 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00006102 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6103 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
6104 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
6105 return QualType();
6106 }
6107
6108 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006109 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006110 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00006111 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006112 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00006113 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00006114 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00006115 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006116 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00006117 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
6118 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
6119 return QualType();
6120 }
Eli Friedman5b088a12010-01-03 00:20:48 +00006121 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006122 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
6123 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006124 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006125 } else {
6126 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00006127 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006128 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006129 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006130 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00006131 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006132 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006133 return QualType();
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00006134 // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
6135 // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
6136 // operand.
6137 return isPrefix && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
6138 ? ResType : ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006139}
6140
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00006141/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006142/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00006143/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
6144/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
6145/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
6146/// - &(x) => x
6147/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
6148/// - &s.xx => s
6149/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
6150/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
6151/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
6152/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006153static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006154 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006155 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006156 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006157 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006158 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
6159 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
6160 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006161 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006162 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006163 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006164 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00006165 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006166 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
6167 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006168 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
6169 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
6170 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
6171 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
6172 }
6173 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00006174 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00006175 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
6176 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006177
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00006178 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00006179 case UnaryOperator::Real:
6180 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
6181 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
6182 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
6183 default:
6184 return 0;
6185 }
6186 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006187 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006188 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006189 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006190 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
6191 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006192 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006193 default:
6194 return 0;
6195 }
6196}
6197
6198/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006199/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006200/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006201/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006202/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006203/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006204/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006205QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006206 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
6207 op = op->IgnoreParens();
6208
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00006209 if (op->isTypeDependent())
6210 return Context.DependentTy;
6211
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006212 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
6213 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
6214 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
6215 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
6216 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
6217 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
6218 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
6219 }
6220 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
6221 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
6222 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006223 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00006224 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00006225
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006226 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
6227 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
6228 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
6229 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
6230 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
6231 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
6232 // branch of the if, below.
6233 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
6234 << dcl;
6235 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
6236
6237 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
6238 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6239 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
6240 .getTypePtr());
Chris Lattnerfd79a9d2010-07-05 19:17:26 +00006241 }
6242
6243 if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00006244 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
6245 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
6246 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
6247 if (isSFINAEContext())
6248 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerc721ae82010-07-05 19:36:34 +00006249 } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op))
Chris Lattnerfd79a9d2010-07-05 19:17:26 +00006250 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Chris Lattnerc721ae82010-07-05 19:36:34 +00006251 else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006252 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006253 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006254 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006255 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006256 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
6257 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006258 return QualType();
6259 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006260 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006261 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6262 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6263 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006264 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson09380262010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006265 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006266 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006267 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006268 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006269 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006270 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6271 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6272 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6273 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6274 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006275 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6276 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006277 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6278 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Eli Friedmanfb3bb312010-08-24 05:23:20 +00006279 } else if (isa<OverloadExpr>(op)) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006280 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006281 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006282 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006283 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6284 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4020f872010-08-24 22:21:48 +00006285 // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
6286 // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
6287 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register &&
6288 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006289 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6290 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006291 return QualType();
6292 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006293 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006294 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006295 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006296 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006297 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6298 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006299 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006300 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006301 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6302 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006303 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006304 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6305 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6306 return QualType();
6307 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006308
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006309 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6310 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006311 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006312 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006313 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006314 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006315 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006316 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6317 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006318 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6319 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6320 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006321 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006322 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006323
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006324 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6325 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6326 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6327 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6328 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6329 }
6330
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006331 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Douglas Gregor8f70ddb2010-07-29 16:05:45 +00006332 if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
6333 return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006334 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
6335}
6336
Chris Lattnerfd79a9d2010-07-05 19:17:26 +00006337/// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006338QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006339 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6340 return Context.DependentTy;
6341
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006342 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
Chris Lattnerfd79a9d2010-07-05 19:17:26 +00006343 QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
6344 QualType Result;
6345
6346 // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if OpTy
6347 // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about
6348 // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
6349 // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes.
6350 if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
6351 Result = PT->getPointeeType();
6352 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
6353 OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
6354 Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006355
Chris Lattnerfd79a9d2010-07-05 19:17:26 +00006356 if (Result.isNull()) {
6357 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
6358 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
6359 return QualType();
6360 }
6361
6362 return Result;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006363}
6364
6365static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6366 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6367 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6368 switch (Kind) {
6369 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006370 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6371 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006372 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6373 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6374 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6375 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6376 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6377 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6378 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6379 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6380 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6381 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6382 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6383 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6384 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6385 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6386 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6387 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6388 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6389 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6390 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6391 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6392 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6393 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6394 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6395 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6396 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6397 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6398 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6399 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6400 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6401 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6402 }
6403 return Opc;
6404}
6405
6406static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6407 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6408 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6409 switch (Kind) {
6410 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6411 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6412 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6413 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6414 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6415 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6416 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6417 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6418 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006419 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6420 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
6421 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
6422 }
6423 return Opc;
6424}
6425
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006426/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6427/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6428/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00006429ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006430 unsigned Op,
6431 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006432 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006433 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006434 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6435 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6436 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006437
6438 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006439 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6440 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6441 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006442 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6443 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6444 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6445 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6446 break;
6447 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006448 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006449 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6450 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006451 break;
6452 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6453 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6454 break;
6455 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6456 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6457 break;
6458 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6459 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6460 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006461 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006462 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6463 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6464 break;
6465 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6466 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6467 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6468 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006469 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006470 break;
6471 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6472 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006473 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006474 break;
6475 case BinaryOperator::And:
6476 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6477 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6478 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6479 break;
6480 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6481 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
Chris Lattner90a8f272010-07-13 19:41:32 +00006482 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006483 break;
6484 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6485 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006486 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6487 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006488 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6489 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6490 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006491 break;
6492 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006493 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6494 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6495 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6496 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006497 break;
6498 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006499 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6500 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6501 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006502 break;
6503 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006504 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6505 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6506 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006507 break;
6508 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6509 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006510 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6511 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6512 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6513 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006514 break;
6515 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6516 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6517 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006518 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6519 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6520 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6521 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006522 break;
6523 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6524 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6525 break;
6526 }
6527 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006528 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian57dae1a2010-08-16 21:51:12 +00006529 if (ResultTy->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
6530 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
6531 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_assignment_requires_nonfragile_object)
6532 << ResultTy;
6533 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006534 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006535 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6536 else
6537 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006538 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6539 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006540}
6541
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006542/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6543/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006544static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6545 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006546 const PartialDiagnostic &FirstNote,
6547 SourceRange FirstParenRange,
6548 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondNote,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006549 SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006550 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6551
6552 if (!FirstNote.getDiagID())
6553 return;
6554
6555 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstParenRange.getEnd());
6556 if (!FirstParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6557 // We can't display the parentheses, so just return.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006558 return;
6559 }
6560
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006561 Self.Diag(Loc, FirstNote)
6562 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006563 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006564
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006565 if (!SecondNote.getDiagID())
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006566 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006567
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006568 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6569 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6570 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6571 // warning/error and return.
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006572 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote);
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006573 return;
6574 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006575
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006576 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006577 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6578 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006579}
6580
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006581/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6582/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6583/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6584/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006585static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6586 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006587 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6588 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6589 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6590 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006591 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006592 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006593 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6594
6595 // Subs are not binary operators.
6596 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6597 return;
6598
6599 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6600 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006601 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6602 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006603 return;
6604
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006605 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006606 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006607 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006608 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6609 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006610 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006611 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006612 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()),
6613 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6614 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6615 lhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006616 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006617 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006618 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006619 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6620 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006621 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006622 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006623 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()),
6624 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6625 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6626 rhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006627}
6628
6629/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6630/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6631/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6632static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6633 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006634 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006635 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6636}
6637
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006638// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00006639ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006640 tok::TokenKind Kind,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00006641 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006642 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006643 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6644 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006645
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006646 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6647 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6648
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006649 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6650}
6651
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00006652ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006653 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6654 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006655 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006656 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006657 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6658 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6659 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6660 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6661 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006662 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006663 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006664 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6665 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6666 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006667
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006668 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6669 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006670 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006671 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006672
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006673 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006674 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006675}
6676
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00006677ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006678 unsigned OpcIn,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00006679 Expr *Input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006680 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006681
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006682 QualType resultType;
6683 switch (Opc) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006684 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6685 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006686 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6687 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006688 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006689 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00006690 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc,
6691 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6692 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreDec);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006693 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006694 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006695 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6696 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006697 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006698 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006699 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6700 break;
6701 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6702 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006703 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6704 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006705 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6706 break;
Douglas Gregor00619622010-06-22 23:41:02 +00006707 if (resultType->isArithmeticType() || // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6708 resultType->isVectorType())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006709 break;
6710 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6711 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6712 break;
6713 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6714 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6715 resultType->isPointerType())
6716 break;
6717
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006718 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6719 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006720 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006721 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6722 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006723 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6724 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006725 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6726 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6727 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006728 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006729 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00006730 else if (!resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006731 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6732 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006733 break;
6734 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
6735 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006736 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006737 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006738 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6739 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006740 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006741 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6742 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006743 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006744 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6745 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006746 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006747 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006748 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006749 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006750 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006751 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006752 resultType = Input->getType();
6753 break;
6754 }
6755 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006756 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006757
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006758 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006759}
6760
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00006761ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006762 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00006763 Expr *Input) {
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006764 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6765 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006766 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6767 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6768 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6769 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006770 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006771 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006772 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6773 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6774 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006775
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00006776 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006777 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006778
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00006779 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006780}
6781
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006782// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00006783ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00006784 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
6785 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006786}
6787
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006788/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00006789ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006790 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6791 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006792 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006793 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006794
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006795 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6796 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006797 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006798 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006799
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006800 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006801 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6802 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006803}
6804
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00006805ExprResult
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00006806Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006807 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006808 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6809 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6810
Douglas Gregordd8f5692010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006811 bool isFileScope
6812 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006813 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006814 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006815
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006816 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6817 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6818 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006819
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006820 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6821 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6822 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006823
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006824 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6825 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6826 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6827 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6828 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006829
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006830 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006831 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006832 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006833
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006834 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6835 // expressions are not lvalues.
6836
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006837 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006838}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006839
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00006840ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00006841 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006842 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6843 unsigned NumComponents,
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00006844 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6845 QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006846 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
Abramo Bagnarabd054db2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00006847 SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00006848
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006849 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6850 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6851 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006852 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00006853 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6854 << ArgTy << TypeRange);
6855
6856 // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6857 // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
6858 if (!Dependent
6859 && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
6860 PDiag(diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)
6861 << TypeRange))
6862 return ExprError();
6863
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006864 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6865 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006866 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6867 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006868 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006869 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6870 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00006871
6872 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
6873 QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
6874 typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode;
6875 llvm::SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
6876 llvm::SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
6877 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6878 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6879 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6880 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6881 if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
6882 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
6883 if(!AT)
6884 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6885 << CurrentType);
6886 CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
6887 } else
6888 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
6889
6890 // The expression must be an integral expression.
6891 // FIXME: An integral constant expression?
6892 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
6893 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
6894 !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
6895 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
6896 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
6897 << Idx->getSourceRange());
6898
6899 // Record this array index.
6900 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
6901 Exprs.push_back(Idx);
6902 continue;
6903 }
6904
6905 // Offset of a field.
6906 if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
6907 // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
6908 // type. Just record the identifier of the field.
6909 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
6910 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
6911 continue;
6912 }
6913
6914 // We need to have a complete type to look into.
6915 if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
6916 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6917 return ExprError();
6918
6919 // Look for the designated field.
6920 const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
6921 if (!RC)
6922 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6923 << CurrentType);
6924 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
6925
6926 // C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
6927 // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
6928 // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
6929 // (clause 9).
6930 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
6931 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6932 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6933 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6934 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6935 << CurrentType))
6936 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
6937 }
6938
6939 // Look for the field.
6940 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6941 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
6942 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
6943 if (!MemberDecl)
6944 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6945 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
6946 OC.LocEnd));
6947
Douglas Gregor9d5d60f2010-04-28 22:36:06 +00006948 // C99 7.17p3:
6949 // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
6950 //
6951 // We diagnose this as an error.
6952 if (MemberDecl->getBitWidth()) {
6953 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
6954 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
6955 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
6956 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
6957 return ExprError();
6958 }
Eli Friedman19410a72010-08-05 10:11:36 +00006959
6960 RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
6961 bool AnonStructUnion = Parent->isAnonymousStructOrUnion();
6962 if (AnonStructUnion) {
6963 do {
6964 Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(Parent->getParent());
6965 } while (Parent->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
6966 }
6967
Douglas Gregorcc8a5d52010-04-29 00:18:15 +00006968 // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
6969 // the base class indirections.
6970 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
6971 /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
Eli Friedman19410a72010-08-05 10:11:36 +00006972 if (IsDerivedFrom(CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), Paths)) {
Douglas Gregorcc8a5d52010-04-29 00:18:15 +00006973 CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
6974 for (CXXBasePath::iterator B = Path.begin(), BEnd = Path.end();
6975 B != BEnd; ++B)
6976 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B->Base));
6977 }
Eli Friedman19410a72010-08-05 10:11:36 +00006978
6979 if (AnonStructUnion) {
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00006980 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Path;
6981 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(MemberDecl, Path);
6982 unsigned n = Path.size();
6983 for (int j = n - 1; j > -1; --j)
6984 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Path[j], OC.LocEnd));
6985 } else {
6986 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));
6987 }
6988 CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
6989 }
6990
6991 return Owned(OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc,
6992 TInfo, Comps.data(), Comps.size(),
6993 Exprs.data(), Exprs.size(), RParenLoc));
6994}
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006995
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00006996ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00006997 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6998 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00006999 ParsedType argty,
Douglas Gregor8ecdb652010-04-28 22:16:22 +00007000 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
7001 unsigned NumComponents,
7002 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
7003
7004 TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
7005 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty, &ArgTInfo);
7006 if (ArgTy.isNull())
7007 return ExprError();
7008
Eli Friedman5a15dc12010-08-05 10:15:45 +00007009 if (!ArgTInfo)
7010 ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);
7011
7012 return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, CompPtr, NumComponents,
7013 RPLoc);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00007014}
7015
7016
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00007017ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00007018 ParsedType arg1,ParsedType arg2,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007019 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Abramo Bagnara3fcb73d2010-08-10 08:50:03 +00007020 TypeSourceInfo *argTInfo1;
7021 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1, &argTInfo1);
7022 TypeSourceInfo *argTInfo2;
7023 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2, &argTInfo2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007024
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00007025 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007026
Abramo Bagnara3fcb73d2010-08-10 08:50:03 +00007027 return BuildTypesCompatibleExpr(BuiltinLoc, argTInfo1, argTInfo2, RPLoc);
7028}
7029
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00007030ExprResult
Abramo Bagnara3fcb73d2010-08-10 08:50:03 +00007031Sema::BuildTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
7032 TypeSourceInfo *argTInfo1,
7033 TypeSourceInfo *argTInfo2,
7034 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00007035 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7036 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
7037 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
7038 return ExprError();
7039 }
7040
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007041 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
Abramo Bagnara3fcb73d2010-08-10 08:50:03 +00007042 argTInfo1, argTInfo2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00007043}
7044
Abramo Bagnara3fcb73d2010-08-10 08:50:03 +00007045
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00007046ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00007047 Expr *CondExpr,
7048 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007049 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00007050 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
7051
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00007052 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00007053 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00007054 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00007055 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00007056 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00007057 } else {
7058 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
7059 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
7060 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
7061 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007062 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
7063 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
7064 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00007065
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00007066 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
7067 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00007068 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
7069 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00007070 }
7071
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007072 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00007073 resType, RPLoc,
7074 resType->isDependentType(),
7075 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00007076}
7077
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007078//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7079// Clang Extensions.
7080//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7081
7082/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00007083void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007084 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
7085 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
7086 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
Fariborz Jahaniana729da22010-07-09 18:44:02 +00007087 if (BlockScope)
7088 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
7089 else
7090 CurContext = Block;
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00007091}
7092
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00007093void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00007094 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007095 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007096
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +00007097 TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007098 CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +00007099 QualType T = Sig->getType();
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00007100
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007101 bool isVariadic;
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007102 QualType RetTy;
7103 if (const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007104 CurBlock->FunctionType = T;
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007105 RetTy = Fn->getResultType();
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007106 isVariadic =
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007107 !isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) || cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic();
7108 } else {
7109 RetTy = T;
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007110 isVariadic = false;
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007111 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007112
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007113 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007114
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007115 // Don't allow returning an array by value.
7116 if (RetTy->isArrayType()) {
7117 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_block_returns_array);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00007118 return;
7119 }
7120
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007121 // Don't allow returning a objc interface by value.
7122 if (RetTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
7123 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
7124 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
7125 return;
7126 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007127
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007128 // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007129 // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like:
7130 // ^ * { ... }
7131 // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007132 if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy)
7133 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007134
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007135 // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007136 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007137 if (isa<FunctionProtoType>(T)) {
7138 FunctionProtoTypeLoc TL = cast<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(Sig->getTypeLoc());
7139 for (unsigned I = 0, E = TL.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) {
7140 ParmVarDecl *Param = TL.getArg(I);
Fariborz Jahanian9a66c302010-02-12 21:53:14 +00007141 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
7142 !Param->isImplicit() &&
7143 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
7144 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
7145 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007146 Params.push_back(Param);
Fariborz Jahanian9a66c302010-02-12 21:53:14 +00007147 }
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007148
7149 // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
7150 // ^ fntype { ... }
7151 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7152 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
7153 I = Fn->arg_type_begin(), E = Fn->arg_type_end(); I != E; ++I) {
7154 ParmVarDecl *Param =
7155 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(CurBlock->TheDecl,
7156 ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
7157 *I);
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007158 Params.push_back(Param);
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007159 }
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007160 }
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007161
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007162 // Set the parameters on the block decl.
7163 if (!Params.empty())
7164 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007165
7166 // Finally we can process decl attributes.
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00007167 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00007168
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007169 if (!isVariadic && CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007170 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
7171 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
7172 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
7173 }
7174
7175 // Put the parameter variables in scope. We can bail out immediately
7176 // if we don't have any.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007177 if (Params.empty())
John McCall82dc0092010-06-04 11:21:44 +00007178 return;
7179
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00007180 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
7181 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
7182
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00007183 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00007184 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
7185 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
7186
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00007187 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00007188 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
7189 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
7190 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
7191
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00007192 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00007193 }
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00007194 }
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007195}
7196
7197/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
7198/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
7199void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007200 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00007201 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007202 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007203 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007204}
7205
7206/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
7207/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00007208ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00007209 Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00007210 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
7211 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
7212 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007213
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007214 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Fariborz Jahaniana729da22010-07-09 18:44:02 +00007215
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00007216 PopDeclContext();
7217
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007218 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00007219 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
7220 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007221
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00007222 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007223 QualType BlockTy;
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007224
7225 // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
7226 if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
7227 const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>();
7228
7229 FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
7230 if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);
7231
7232 // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
7233 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
7234 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0,
7235 false, false, 0, 0, Ext);
7236
7237 // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
7238 // preserve its sugar structure.
7239 } else if (FTy->getResultType() == RetTy &&
7240 (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
7241 BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;
7242
7243 // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
7244 } else {
7245 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
7246 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy,
7247 FPT->arg_type_begin(),
7248 FPT->getNumArgs(),
7249 FPT->isVariadic(),
7250 /*quals*/ 0,
7251 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
7252 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
7253 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
7254 FPT->exception_begin(),
7255 Ext);
7256 }
7257
7258 // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
7259 } else {
7260 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0,
7261 false, false, 0, 0,
7262 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
7263 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007264
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00007265 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00007266 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->param_begin(),
7267 BSI->TheDecl->param_end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007268 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007269
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00007270 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007271 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00007272 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007273
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00007274 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00007275
7276 bool Good = true;
7277 // Check goto/label use.
7278 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
7279 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
7280 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
7281
7282 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
7283 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
7284 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
7285 continue;
7286
7287 // Emit error.
7288 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
7289 Good = false;
7290 }
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007291 if (!Good) {
7292 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00007293 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007294 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007295
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00007296 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenekd064fdc2010-03-23 00:13:23 +00007297 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
7298 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7299 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00007300
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007301 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
7302 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007303 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007304 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007305}
7306
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00007307ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00007308 Expr *expr, ParsedType type,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007309 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Abramo Bagnara2cad9002010-08-10 10:06:15 +00007310 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
7311 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type, &TInfo);
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00007312 return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, expr, TInfo, RPLoc);
Abramo Bagnara2cad9002010-08-10 10:06:15 +00007313}
7314
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00007315ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00007316 Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
Abramo Bagnara2cad9002010-08-10 10:06:15 +00007317 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00007318 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007319
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007320 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007321
7322 // Get the va_list type
7323 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007324 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
7325 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
7326 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
7327 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007328 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007329 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
7330 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
7331 } else {
7332 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
7333 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007334 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007335 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007336 return ExprError();
7337 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007338
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007339 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
7340 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007341 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
7342 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00007343 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00007344 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007345
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00007346 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007347 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007348
Abramo Bagnara2cad9002010-08-10 10:06:15 +00007349 QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
7350 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007351}
7352
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00007353ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007354 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
7355 // pointers on the target.
7356 QualType Ty;
7357 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
7358 Ty = Context.IntTy;
7359 else
7360 Ty = Context.LongTy;
7361
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007362 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007363}
7364
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00007365static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007366 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007367 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7368 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007369
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007370 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7371 if (!PT)
7372 return;
7373
7374 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7375 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7376 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7377 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7378 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7379 return;
7380 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007381
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007382 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7383 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7384 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7385 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007386
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007387 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007388}
7389
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007390bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7391 SourceLocation Loc,
7392 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregora41a8c52010-04-22 00:20:18 +00007393 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7394 bool *Complained) {
7395 if (Complained)
7396 *Complained = false;
7397
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007398 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7399 bool isInvalid = false;
7400 unsigned DiagKind;
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007401 FixItHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007402
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007403 switch (ConvTy) {
7404 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7405 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007406 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007407 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7408 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007409 case IntToPointer:
7410 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7411 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007412 case IncompatiblePointer:
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007413 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007414 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7415 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007416 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7417 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7418 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007419 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7420 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7421 break;
7422 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007423 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7424 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7425 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7426 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7427 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7428 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7429 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7430 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7431 // C++ semantics.
7432 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7433 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7434 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007435 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7436 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007437 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007438 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007439 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007440 case IntToBlockPointer:
7441 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7442 break;
7443 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007444 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007445 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007446 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007447 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007448 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7449 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7450 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007451 case IncompatibleVectors:
7452 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7453 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007454 case Incompatible:
7455 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7456 isInvalid = true;
7457 break;
7458 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007459
Douglas Gregord4eea832010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007460 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
7461 switch (Action) {
7462 case AA_Assigning:
7463 case AA_Initializing:
7464 // The destination type comes first.
7465 FirstType = DstType;
7466 SecondType = SrcType;
7467 break;
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00007468
Douglas Gregord4eea832010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007469 case AA_Returning:
7470 case AA_Passing:
7471 case AA_Converting:
7472 case AA_Sending:
7473 case AA_Casting:
7474 // The source type comes first.
7475 FirstType = SrcType;
7476 SecondType = DstType;
7477 break;
7478 }
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00007479
Douglas Gregord4eea832010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007480 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007481 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Douglas Gregora41a8c52010-04-22 00:20:18 +00007482 if (Complained)
7483 *Complained = true;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007484 return isInvalid;
7485}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007486
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007487bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007488 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7489 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7490 if (Result)
7491 *Result = ICEResult;
7492 return false;
7493 }
7494
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007495 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7496
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007497 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007498 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7499 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7500
7501 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7502 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7503 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7504 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7505 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7506 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7507 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007508
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007509 return true;
7510 }
7511
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007512 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7513 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007514
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007515 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7516 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7517 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007518
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007519 if (Result)
7520 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7521 return false;
7522}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007523
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007524void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007525Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007526 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7527 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007528}
7529
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007530void
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007531Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7532 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7533 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7534 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007535
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007536 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7537 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7538 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7539 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7540 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007541 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007542 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7543 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7544 I != IEnd; ++I)
7545 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7546 }
7547
7548 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7549 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7550 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7551 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7552 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7553 I != IEnd; ++I)
7554 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7555 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007556 }
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007557
7558 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7559 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7560 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7561 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007562 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007563 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7564 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7565 ExprTemporaries.end());
7566
7567 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7568 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007569}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007570
7571/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7572///
7573/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7574/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7575/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7576/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7577///
7578/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7579///
7580/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7581void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7582 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007583
Douglas Gregorc070cc62010-06-17 23:14:26 +00007584 if (D->isUsed(false))
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007585 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007586
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007587 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7588 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7589 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7590 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007591 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregorfc2ca562010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007592 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007593 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregorfc2ca562010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007594 return;
7595 }
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00007596
Douglas Gregorfc2ca562010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007597 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
7598 return;
Sean Hunt1e3f5ba2010-04-28 23:02:27 +00007599
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007600 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7601 // an instantiation.
7602 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7603 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007604
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007605 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007606 case Unevaluated:
7607 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7608 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007609
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007610 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7611 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7612 // "used"; handle this below.
7613 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007614
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007615 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7616 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7617 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7618 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007619 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007620 return;
7621 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007622
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007623 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007624 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007625 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007626 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
Chandler Carruth4e6fbce2010-08-23 07:55:51 +00007627 if (Constructor->getParent()->hasTrivialConstructor())
7628 return;
7629 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
7630 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007631 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007632 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Douglas Gregorc070cc62010-06-17 23:14:26 +00007633 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007634 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7635 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007636
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00007637 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Constructor->getParent());
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007638 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregorc070cc62010-06-17 23:14:26 +00007639 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed(false))
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007640 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00007641 if (Destructor->isVirtual())
7642 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007643 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7644 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7645 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
Douglas Gregorc070cc62010-06-17 23:14:26 +00007646 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed(false))
Douglas Gregor39957dc2010-05-01 15:04:51 +00007647 DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00007648 } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual())
7649 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007650 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007651 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007652 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007653 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor6cfacfe2010-05-17 17:34:56 +00007654 if (Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007655 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7656 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7657 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7658 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7659 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007660 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007661 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007662 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007663 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007664 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7665 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7666 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007667 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007668 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007669 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7670 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007671
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007672 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7673 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7674 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7675 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7676 Loc));
7677 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007678 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007679 Loc));
7680 }
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007681 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007682
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007683 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007684 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007685
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007686 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007687 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007688
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007689 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007690 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007691 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007692 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7693 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7694 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7695 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7696 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7697 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7698 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7699 }
7700 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007701
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007702 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007703
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007704 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007705 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007706 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007707}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007708
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007709namespace {
Chandler Carruthdfc35e32010-06-09 08:17:30 +00007710 // Mark all of the declarations referenced
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007711 // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
Chandler Carruthdfc35e32010-06-09 08:17:30 +00007712 // of when we're entering
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007713 class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
7714 Sema &S;
7715 SourceLocation Loc;
Chandler Carruthdfc35e32010-06-09 08:17:30 +00007716
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007717 public:
7718 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;
Chandler Carruthdfc35e32010-06-09 08:17:30 +00007719
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007720 MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }
Chandler Carruthdfc35e32010-06-09 08:17:30 +00007721
7722 bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
7723 bool TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T);
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007724 };
7725}
7726
Chandler Carruthdfc35e32010-06-09 08:17:30 +00007727bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
7728 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007729 if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
7730 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Arg.getAsDecl());
7731 }
Chandler Carruthdfc35e32010-06-09 08:17:30 +00007732
7733 return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007734}
7735
Chandler Carruthdfc35e32010-06-09 08:17:30 +00007736bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T) {
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007737 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
7738 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(T->getDecl())) {
7739 const TemplateArgumentList &Args = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
Chandler Carruthdfc35e32010-06-09 08:17:30 +00007740 return TraverseTemplateArguments(Args.getFlatArgumentList(),
7741 Args.flat_size());
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007742 }
7743
Chandler Carruthe3e210c2010-06-10 10:31:57 +00007744 return true;
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007745}
7746
7747void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
7748 MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
Chandler Carruthdfc35e32010-06-09 08:17:30 +00007749 Marker.TraverseType(Context.getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregorb4eeaff2010-05-07 23:12:07 +00007750}
7751
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007752/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7753/// of the program being compiled.
7754///
7755/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007756/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007757/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7758/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7759/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7760/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007761/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007762/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007763///
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007764/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7765/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7766/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7767/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007768bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007769 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7770 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7771 case Unevaluated:
7772 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7773 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007774
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007775 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7776 Diag(Loc, PD);
7777 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007778
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007779 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7780 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7781 break;
7782 }
7783
7784 return false;
7785}
7786
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007787bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7788 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7789 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7790 return false;
7791
7792 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7793 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7794 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7795 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007796
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007797 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007798 FD ?
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007799 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7800 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007801 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007802 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7803 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7804 return true;
7805
7806 return false;
7807}
7808
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007809// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7810// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7811void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7812 SourceLocation Loc;
7813
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007814 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7815
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007816 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7817 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7818 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7819 return;
7820
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007821 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7822 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7823 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7824 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7825
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007826 // self = [<foo> init...]
7827 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7828 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7829 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7830
7831 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7832 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7833 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7834 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7835 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007836
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007837 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7838 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7839 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7840 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7841 return;
7842
7843 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7844 } else {
7845 // Not an assignment.
7846 return;
7847 }
7848
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007849 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007850 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007851
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007852 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007853 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007854 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007855 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
7856 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7857 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007858}
7859
7860bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7861 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7862
7863 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007864 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007865
7866 QualType T = E->getType();
7867
7868 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7869 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7870 return true;
7871 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7872 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7873 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7874 return true;
7875 }
7876 }
7877
7878 return false;
7879}
Douglas Gregor586596f2010-05-06 17:25:47 +00007880
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00007881ExprResult Sema::ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7882 Expr *Sub) {
Douglas Gregoreecf38f2010-05-06 21:39:56 +00007883 if (!Sub)
Douglas Gregor586596f2010-05-06 17:25:47 +00007884 return ExprError();
7885
Douglas Gregorff331c12010-07-25 18:17:45 +00007886 if (CheckBooleanCondition(Sub, Loc))
Douglas Gregor586596f2010-05-06 17:25:47 +00007887 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor586596f2010-05-06 17:25:47 +00007888
7889 return Owned(Sub);
7890}